SNIP 3.05.04-85 *

 

External networks and facilities
WATER AND SANITATION

 

SNIP 3.05.04-85 * SNIP 3.05.04-85 a reissue with a change number 1,

 

Sections, paragraphs, tables, which amended an asterisk.

 

When using the standard document should be considered approved changes to building regulations and government standards, published in the journal “Bulletin of construction equipment” USSR State Committee for Information and sign “State standards USSR” State Standard.

 

 

* These rules apply to new construction, expansion and renovation of the existing external networks ¹ and water supply and sanitation settlements economy.

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

1. General Provisions

2. Earthwork

3. Installation of pipelines

General Provisions

Steel pipelines

Cast iron pipes

Asbestos cement pipes

Concrete and concrete pipes

Pipelines of ceramic pipes

Pipelines from plastic pipes *

4. Pipeline crossings over natural and artificial barriers

5. Water and sanitation facilities

Facilities for collection of surface water

Water wells

Tank facilities

6. Additional requirements for the construction of pipelines and water supply and sanitation in the special natural and climatic conditions

7. Testing of pipelines and facilities

Penstock

Non-pressure pipes

Tank facilities

Additional requirements for pressure testing of pipelines and water supply and sanitation, built in the special natural and climatic conditions

Appendix 1. Required. act on acceptance tests of hydraulic pressure pipe Leak and

Appendix 2. Recommended. Conduct hydrostatic test pressure pipe Leak and

Appendix 3. Required. Act on the pneumatic test pressure pipe Leak and

Appendix 4. Required. Act on Acceptance Test unconfined hydraulic piping for leaks

Appendix 5. Recommended. Procedure for cleaning and disinfection of pipelines and facilities of drinking water supply

Annex 6. Required. act on cleaning and disinfection of pipelines (structures) of drinking water supply

 

 

 

  

 

 

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1. When building new, expansion and modernization of existing pipelines and water supply and sanitation projects in addition requirements (draft) ² and these rules must be followed and requirements SNIP 3.01.01-85 * SNIP 3.01.03-84, SNIP III-4-80 * and other regulations, standards and departmental regulations, approved in accordance with SNIP 1.01.01-83.

* Reprinted with amendments on July 1, 1990

¹ external networks – in the following text “pipeline.”

² Projects (draft) – in the following text, “projects”.

2. EXCAVATION

2.1. Earthwork and work on the device bases the construction of pipelines and water supply and sanitation must be performed in accordance with the requirements of SNIP 3.02.01-87.

3. Installation of pipelines

GENERAL PROVISIONS

3.1. When you move the pipes and assembled sections with anti-corrosion coatings, should be used tongs soft, flexible towels and other means to exclude damage to these coatings.

3.2. When layout pipes for potable water supply should not be allowed to enter these surface water or sewage. Pipes and fittings, valves and components ready before installation should be inspected and cleaned inside and out of mud, snow, ice, oil and foreign objects.

3.3. Installation of piping shall be made in accordance with the design and production work, including maps after checking conformity to the project size trench, fixing walls, marks the bottom and above-ground pad – supporting structures. The verification results shall be recorded in the journal of the works.

3.4. Pipe spigot type unpressurized pipelines should tend to flare stack up the ramp.

3.5. Provided project straightness unpressurized pipe sections between adjacent wells should monitor viewing “born” with a mirror before and after backfilling the trench. When viewing a pipe of circular cross section in the visible range of the mirror must have the correct form.

Permissible deviation from the horizontal circle shape should be no more than 1/4 of the diameter of the pipeline, but not more than 50 mm in each direction. Deviations from the right circle shape vertically are not allowed.

3.6. The maximum deviation from the design position axes pressure pipelines should not exceed ± 100 mm in plan, elevations trays unpressurized pipelines -
± 100 mm in plan, elevations trays unpressurized pipelines -
5 mm, and top marks of pressure pipelines – ± 30 mm, unless other rules are not bankable projects. 100 mm in plan, elevations trays unpressurized pipelines -

3.7. Gasket pressure pipelines to flatter curve without fittings allowed for socket pipes with butt joints in rubber seals with a rotation angle in each junction of no more than 2 ° for pipes with nominal diameter up to 600 mm and not more than 1 ° for pipes with nominal diameter more than 600 mm.

3.8. When installing water and sewer pipes in the mountains except the requirements of these rules should be followed and requirements section. SNP 9 III-42-80.

3.9. When laying pipes on the straight section of the path connecting the ends of adjacent pipes shall be centered so that the width of the gap was the same socket over the entire circumference.

3.10. The ends of the tubes, as well as holes in the flanges and other fittings stop during breaks laying should be closed with wooden plugs or caps.

3.11. Rubber seals for pipeline installation at low ambient temperatures must not be used in promorozhennaya condition.

3.12. For sealing (seal) piping joints should be applied sealing and “locking” materials and sealants according to the draft.

3.13. Flanged joints fittings and valves must be installed in compliance with the following requirements:

- Flanged joints should be installed perpendicular to the tube axis;

- Plane joined flanges must be smooth, Nuts and bolts must be located on one side of the connection; bolts should be done crosswise;

- Elimination of distortions installing beveled flange gasket or tightening bolts is not permitted;

- Welding joints adjacent to the flange should be performed only after the uniform tightening all the bolts on the flanges.

3.14. When using the ground for the construction of retaining wall of the pit stop must be undisturbed soil.

3.15. The gap between the pipe and the team part of concrete or brick abutments must be densely filled with concrete mix or mortar.

3.16. Protection of steel and concrete pipeline corrosion should be carried out in accordance with the project and the requirements of SNIP SNIP 3.04.03-85 and 2.03.11-85.

3.17. Constructed on pipelines subject to acceptance with the preparation of survey report of the hidden works in the format shown in SNIP 3.01.01-85 * the following steps and elements of the hidden works: surface preparation for pipelines, the device stops, the value of clearances and perform seal joints, shafts and chambers device , pipeline corrosion protection, sealing locations pipelines pass through the walls of shafts and chambers, filling pipes with seal, etc.

 

 

STEEL PIPE

3.18. Welding methods and types, design elements and dimensions of welded joints of steel pipes must comply with the requirements of GOST 16037-80.

3.19. Before assembling and welding of pipes should be cleaned from dirt, check the geometric dimensions of cutting edges, cleaned to bright metal edges and the adjacent inner and outer surfaces of the tubes to a minimum width of 10 mm.

3.20 . After welding the outer insulation of pipe welds must be restored in accordance with the project.

3.21. When assembling the pipe joints without backing rings offset edges shall not exceed 20% of the wall thickness, but not more than 3 mm. For butt joints, welded and assembled on the remaining cylindrical ring, offset edges inside of the pipe shall not exceed 1 mm.

3.22. Pipe assembly diameter above 100 mm, made with the longitudinal weld seam or a spiral, must be carried out with an offset of adjacent pipe joints is not less than 100 mm. During assembly of a pipe joint in which a longitudinal or spiral factory welded seam on both sides of the offset can not produce seams.

3.23. Transverse welds must be located at a distance of not less than:

0.2 m from the edge of the support structure of the pipeline;

0.3 m from the outer and inner surfaces of the chamber or the surface of the enclosing structure through which the conduit passes, and edge of the box.

3.24. Connect the ends of abutting pipes and pipe sections with a gap size between them should be permitted to perform more inset “coil” of not less than 200 mm.

3.25. The distance between the annular weld seam welded pipe and conduit pipes to be at least 100 mm.

3.26. Build pipes for welding must be done with the center of Directors; allowed smooth straightening dents on the ends of the pipes to a depth of 3.5% of the pipe diameter and match the edges using jacks, roller bearings and other means. Lots of pipes with dents more than
3.5% of the diameter of the pipe or having tears should be cut. Pipe ends with Nick bullies or chamfers depth of more than 5 mm should be cut.

When applying the stringer bead potholders should be fully digested. Used for tack welding electrodes or welding wire must be the same brand as the core for welding seam.

3.27. By welding joints of steel pipelines allowed the welders in the presence of documents for production welding in accordance with the Rules of certification of welders approved Gostgortechnadzor USSR.

3.28. Before admission to work on welding joints of pipelines, each welder must weld qualification welds in a production environment (at the construction site) in the following cases:

- When he first started to pipe welding or had a break in the work of more than
6 months;

- If carried out welding of pipes of new steel grades with new grades of welding consumables (electrodes, welding wire, flux) or using the new types of welding equipment.

On pipes with diameter 529 mm and above are allowed to weld half qualification welds. Qualification welds exposed:

- Visual inspection, at which the weld must meet the requirements of this section and GOST 16037-80;

- Radiographic inspection in accordance with the requirements of GOST 7512-82;

- Mechanical testing tensile and bending in accordance with GOST 6996-66.

In case of unsatisfactory test results, the qualification weld joint and repeated control of two other qualification welds. In the case of control by repeated unsatisfactory results in at least one of the joints welder recognized not pass the test and may be permitted to weld pipe only after additional training and re-testing.

3.29. Each welder must be assigned to brand him. Welder shall emboss or stamp overlay at a distance of 30 – 50 mm from the joint side, available for inspection.

3.30. Tack welding and pipe joints are allowed to produce at an outside temperature of -50 ° C. While welding welded joints unheated allowed to perform:

- At an ambient temperature to minus 20 ° C – during application of pipes of carbon steel with carbon content not exceeding 0.24% (regardless of the thickness of the pipe wall) as well as low-alloyed steel pipes with wall thickness of 10 mm;

- At an ambient temperature to minus 10 ° C – during application of pipes of carbon steel with a carbon content exceeding 0,24% and a low-alloyed steel pipes with wall thickness above 10 mm. When the outdoor temperature is below the above limits welding work should be done by heating in special booths in which the air temperature should be maintained no lower than the above, display or perform outdoors all

- Welded pipes for a minimum length of 200 mm to a temperature not lower than 200 ° C.

After welding is necessary to ensure a gradual lowering of the temperature of joints and adjacent zones pipes by covering them with a towel after welding asbestos or other means.

3.31. When each layer of the multilayer welding seam before applying the next stitch should be cleared from slag and spatter. Portions of the weld metal with pores and cracks shells should be cut down to the base metal and welded joints craters.

3.32. When manual arc welding seam individual layers must be imposed so that their trailing portions of adjacent layers do not coincide with one another.

3.33. When welding outdoors during the precipitation of the weld must be protected from moisture and wind.

3.34. The quality control of welded joints of steel pipelines should be carried out:

- Operational control during assembly and welding pipe in accordance with the requirements of SNIP 3.01.01-85 *;

- Integrity tests of welded joints with the identification of internal defects of a non-destructive (physical) control methods – radiographic (X-ray or gammagraficheskim) GOST 7512-82 and GOST 14782-86 ultrasound.

Application of ultrasonic method is permitted only in conjunction with radiographic, which must be verified by at least 10% of the total number of joints to be controlled.

3.35. When operational control of welded joints of steel pipelines should check compliance with the structural elements and sizes of welded joints, welding process, welding quality materials, edge preparation, the gaps, the number of tacks, as well as welding equipment serviceability.

3.36. Visual inspection is required for all welded joints. Pipeline diameter
of 1020 mm and a diameter bolboprovodah
its welded joints welded without backing rings are subjected to a visual inspection and measurement of the size of the outside and inside of the pipe, in other cases – only outside. Before inspecting the weld and the adjacent surfaces of the tubes at a minimum width of 20 mm (on both sides of the joint) should be cleaned of slag, spatter, scale and other zagryazneniy.boprovodah diameter

Weld quality of the external inspection shall be considered satisfactory if not found: cracks in the weld and the Contiguous Zone, permitted deviations from size and shape of the weld; undercuts ceasing between the rollers, sagging, burn-through, nezavarennyh craters and onto the surface of the pores, lack of fusion or sags in the weld root (when viewed from inside the pipe joint);

displacements of tubes exceeding allowable dimensions.

Joints that do not meet these requirements are subject to amend or delete and re-inspection of their quality.

3.37. Checking the quality of welds physical control methods exposed water and sewer pipes with a design pressure up to 1 MPa (10 kgf / cm ² ) in an amount not less than 2% (but not less than one interface for each welder) 1 – 2 MPa
(10 – 20 kgf / cm ² 1 – 2 MPa
) 1 – 2 MPa
- in the amount not less than 5% (but not the 1 – 2 MPa and
less than two joints at each welder) 1 – 2 MPa
above 2 MPa (20 kgf / cm ² 1 – 2 MPa
) 1 – 2 MPa
- in the amount not less than 10% (but not more than two joints at each welder). 1 – 2 MPa

3.38. Weld joints to control physical methods selected in the presence of the customer, who writes in the Journal of works information about selected for control joints (location, brand welder, etc.).

3.39. Physical control methods should be subjected to 100% of welded joints of pipelines, built on plots of transitions under and over the railway and tramway, water obstacles, under highways, urban collectors to communicate with combined with other routing utilities. Length controlled sections of pipelines in the areas of transitions should be no less than the following sizes:

- For railways – the distance between the axes of the extreme ways, and 40 m from them in each direction;

- For roads – the width of the embankment along the bottom or recess on the top and 25 m away in each direction;

- For water barriers – within the boundaries of underwater passage defined by Sec. 6
SNIP 2.05.06-85;

- For other utilities – width intersected facilities, including water taking device plus at least 4 m in each direction from the outer boundaries intersected structures.

3.40. Welds should reject if the verification of physical control methods have cracks, nezavarennye craters, burned, fistulas, as well as lack of fusion at the root of the weld made on the backing ring.

When checking welds radiographically acceptable defects are:

- Pores and inclusions, the dimensions of which do not exceed the maximum permitted by
GOST 23055-78 for 7th grade welds – pores and inclusions, the dimensions of which do not exceed the maximum allowable for

- Lack of fusion, and the excess melted the concavity at the root of the weld made arc welding without backing rings, height (depth) does not exceed 10% of the nominal wall thickness, and the total length – 1/3 of the inner perimeter of the compound.

3.41. In identifying the physical control methods unacceptable defects in welds these defects must be removed and repeated quality produce twice the number of stitches than specified in paragraph 3.37. In case of unacceptable defects with repeated control should be monitored all joints made according to a welder.

3.42. Land weld unacceptable defects to be corrected by local sampling and subsequent podvarki (usually without overcooking the entire weld joint), if the total length of the sample after the removal of defective areas shall not exceed a total length specified in GOST 23055-78 for 7th grade.

Defect in the joints should be done by arc welding.

Undercuts should be corrected by welding rolls of thread height no more than 2 – 3 mm. Crack length less than 50 mm zasverlivayutsya at the ends are cut, carefully smoothed out and welded into several layers.

3.43. The results of quality control of welded joints of steel pipes physical control methods should be made act (protocol).

 

 

CAST IRON PIPE

3.44. Installation of cast iron pipes manufactured in accordance with GOST 9583-75, should be carried out with the seal pipe connection hemp resin or bituminized strand asbestos and device lock, or just sealant and tubes manufactured in accordance with TU 03.14.12 47-83, elasticated cuffs, supplied complete with pipes without the device lock.

Asbestos-cement mixture composition for the device lock and sealant defined by the project.

3.45. The distance between the abutment surface and the socket end of the pipe (regardless of the material sealing joints) should be taken, mm. for pipe diameters up to 300 mm – 5, more than 300 mm – 8-10.

3.46. Dimensions elements sealing butt joint cast iron pressure pipe shall conform to the values ​​given in Table. 1.

Table 1.

Nominal pipe diameter D y , mm	Planting depth, mm
	when using hemp strands	when the device lock	Only when applying sealant
65-200	35	30	50
250-400	45	30-35	60-65
600-1000	50-60	40-50	70-80

ASBESTOS PIPE

3.47. The distance between the ends of the pipe should be taken, mm for pipe diameters up to 300 mm – 5, more than 300 mm – 10.

3.48. Before starting the installation of pipelines at the ends of the pipe, depending on the length of the coupling should be used to make a mark corresponding to the initial position before mounting the coupling interface and end – in the assembled joint.

3.49. Connect cement pipes with fittings or metal pipes should be carried out with the help of cast iron fittings or welded steel pipes and rubber seals.

3.50. After the installation of each butt joint, check the proper location couplings and rubber seals in them, and the uniformity of torque flanges cast iron couplings.

Concrete and concrete PIPELINES

3.51. The distance between the abutment surface and the socket end of the pipe should be taken, mm:

- For concrete pressure pipe diameters up to 1000 mm – 12-15, over 1000 mm in diameter – 18-22;

- For concrete and concrete unconfined socket pipes with diameter up to 700 mm – 8.12, more than 700 mm – 15-18, for rebated pipes – no more than 25.

3.52. Butt joints of pipes supplied without rubber rings should seal the hemp resin or bituminized strand or strand sizalskoy bituminized with embedded lock the asbestos mixture, and polysulfide (Thiokol) sealants. Planting depth is given in Table. 2, with deviations in depth sealing locks and lock shall not exceed ± 5 mm.

Clearances between the abutment surface and the ends of pipe sockets in pipes with a diameter of 1000 mm, and should more grout to seal the inside. Cement brand defined by the project.

Drain pipes are allowed to flare working gap to the full depth patch mortar Grade B7, 5 if the other requirements are not provided by the project.

Table 2.

3.53. Sealing joints rebated unconfined concrete and concrete pipes with smooth ends should be made in accordance with the project.

3.54. Connect concrete and concrete pipes with pipe fittings and metal pipes should be made with steel or concrete inserts shaped connecting parts manufactured according to the draft.

LINES OF CERAMIC PIPES

3.55. The distance between the ends of stacked ceramic pipe (regardless of the material sealing joints) should be taken, mm for pipe diameters up to 300 mm – 5 – 7, at larger diameters – 8 – 10.

3.56. Butt joints of pipes ceramic pipes should be compacted or hemp sizalskoy bituminized strand followed device lock cement mortar Grade B7, 5, asphalt (bitumen) and mastic polysulfide (Thiokol) sealants, if other materials are not provided by the project. Use of mastic asphalt is allowed when a temperature of the transported waste liquid does not exceed 40 ° C and in the absence of solvents bitumen therein.

The main dimensions of the elements butt joint ceramic pipes must conform to the values ​​given in Table. 3.

Table 3.

3.57. Pipe seals in the walls of wells and chambers should be leak-proof and waterproof compounds wells in wet soils.

 

LINES OF PLASTIC PIPES *

3.58. Connect pipes made of polyethylene (LDPE) and high density polyethylene (HDPE) with each other and with shaped parts should be carried out by hot-plate contact-flash butt welding or bell and spigot. Welding together pipes and fittings of various types of polyethylene (HDPE and LDPE) is not allowed.

3.59. Should be used for welding installation (device) to ensure the maintenance of parameters of technological regimes in accordance with OST 6-19-505-79 and other normative and technical documentation, duly approved.

3.60. Pipeline welding of LDPE and HDPE allowed welders in the presence of documents for production work on welding of plastics.

3.61. Welding of pipes of LDPE and HDPE is allowed to produce at an ambient temperature not below 10 ° C. At low outdoor temperature welding should be done in heated rooms.

When welding the weld must be protected from rain and dust.

3.62. Connecting pipes of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) between themselves and with the molded parts should be carried out by gluing bell and spigot (using glue marks GIPK-127 in accordance with TU 6-05-251-95-79) and using rubber sleeves supplied complete with pipes .

3.63. Glued joints for 15 minutes and not be subjected to mechanical stress. Pipelines with adhesive compounds for 24 hours should not be hydraulically tested.

3.64. Work should be done by bonding at an ambient temperature of 5 to 35 ° C. Work place should be protected from exposure to rain and dust.

 

4. Pipeline crossing NATURAL

And artificial barriers

4.1. Crossings pressure pipelines of water supply and sanitation through water obstacles (rivers, lakes, reservoirs, canals), underwater pipelines and sewer intakes issues within the channel reservoirs and underground crossing ravines, roads (motorways and railways, including metro lines and tramways ) and urban thoroughfares must be done by specialized organizations in accordance with the requirements of SNIP 3.02.01-87, SNIP III-42-80 (Section 8) and this section.

4.2. Methods of laying pipeline crossings over natural and artificial barriers defined by the project.

4.3. Laying of underground pipelines under roads should be carried out at constant surveying and geodetic control over compliance with a construction company under the draft horizontal and vertical positions casings and pipelines.

4.4. Axis deviation protective cases transitions from design position for gravity free-flow pipes must not exceed:

- Vertical – 0.6% of the length of the case, provided that the design gradient;

- Horizontally – 1% of the length of the case.

Penstock these deviations should not exceed 1, respectively, and 1.5% the length of the case.

 

 

5. WATER AND SANITATION FACILITIES FACILITIES FOR SAMPLING SURFACE WATER

5.1. Construction of facilities for the abstraction of surface water from rivers, lakes, reservoirs and canals should be, as a rule, specialized construction and installation organizations in accordance with the project.

5.2. Before the start of the base unit under the riverbed water intakes should be monitored by their alignments axis and mark time frames.

Boreholes

5.3. In the process of drilling all kinds of work and key performance indicators (excavation, drilling diameter, mounting and removing the pipe from the well cementation, measurements of water levels and other operations) should be recorded in the journal production drilling. We should celebrate the name passed rocks, color, density (fortress), fracture, grain composition of rocks, water content, the presence and magnitude of “plug” in the sinking of quicksands, and appeared steady water level all encountered aquifer fluid loss. Measure the level of water in wells during drilling should be carried out before starting work each shift. In flowing wells water levels should be measured by building pipes or by measuring water pressure.

5.4. During drilling, according to the actual geological section may be installed within the aquifer project organization drilling depth adjustment borehole diameters and technical columns planting depth without changing the operating diameter of the well and without increasing the cost of operations. Modifications to the well must not impair her health status and performance.

5.5. Samples should be selected, one from each layer of rock, and at a uniform layer – 10 m

In agreement with the developer is allowed to select rock samples are not from all wells.

5.6. Isolating exploited aquifer in the well of unused aquifers should be done with drilling method:

rotary – through the shell side of the annulus and cementing casing strings to a level stipulated by the project:

shock – zadavlivaniem and clogging in the casing layer of natural thick clay at a depth of at least 1 m or conduct podbashmachnoy cementation by creating a cavity or expander bit eccentric.

5.7. To ensure the project under the granulometric composition of the material dusting filter wells and fine sand clay fraction should be removed by washing, and before backfilling the washed material should be disinfected.

5.8. Outcrop filter while it should be sprinkled by raising the casing string each time by 0.5 – 0.6 m after dusting wells at 0.8 1m height. The upper limit must be sprinkled above the working part of the filter not less than 5 m

5.9. Water wells after drilling and installation of the filter to be tested pumping produced continuously within the time provided by the project.

Before starting the pumping well should be cleaned of sludge and pumped usually airlift. In fractured rock and gravel-pebble-bearing rocks pumping should start with the maximum design water level decline, and in the sandy rocks – with a minimum reduction project. The minimum of the actual lowering of the water should be between 0.4 – 0.6 max actual.

When forced to stop work on the pumping of water, if the total stop time exceeds 10% of the total project time per lowering of water level, water pumping for this reduction should be repeated. In the case of pumping from wells equipped with filter dusting, dusting material shrinkage value should be measured in the process of pumping once a day.

5.10. Flow rate (capacity) wells should be determined measuring cup with a time of filling at least 45 s. Flow rate may be determined by using weirs and water meters.

The water level in the well should be measured with an accuracy of 0.1% of the depth of the measured water level.

Flow rate and water level in the well should be measured at least once every 2 hours throughout the evacuation time, a certain project.

Control measurements of the depth of the well should be done at the beginning and end of the pump in the presence of the customer.

5.11. In the process of pumping drilling organization must produce measured water temperature and water sampling in accordance with GOST 18963-73 and GOST 4979-49 with delivery to the laboratory for testing water quality in accordance with GOST 2874-82.

Quality of casing cementation, as well as the location of the working of the filter should be checked by geophysical methods. Estuary flowing wells at the end of drilling must be equipped with valve and fitting gauge.

5.12. Upon completion of the water well drilling and water pumping test its top service pipe must be welded metal lid and have a threaded hole for the bolt-tube to measure the water level. On the tube should be applied design and drilling wells numbers, name of organization and year of drilling drilling.

To operate the well in accordance with the project must be equipped with devices to measure water levels and flow rates.

5.13. Upon completion of drilling and testing of pumping water well drilling organization should pass it to the customer in accordance with the requirements of SNIP 3.01.04-87, as well as samples passed rocks and documentation (passport), including:

- Geological and lithological section with the construction of wells, corrected for geophysical data;

- Acts on the drilling, installation of the filter casing cementation;

- Consolidated with the results of well log decrypt it signed organization, run geophysical operations logbook for pumping water from wells, and data on the results of chemical, bacteriological analysis and organoleptic characteristics of water in accordance with GOST 2874-82 and the conclusion of the sanitary-epidemiological service.

Documentation before delivery to the customer should be agreed with the developer.

 

Capacitive structures

5.14. When installing concrete and reinforced concrete monolithic and precast capacitive structures except for the requirements of the project should be carried out as the requirements of SNIP 3.03.01-87 and these rules.

5.15. Backfill soil in the sinuses and sprinkled capacitive structures should be performed, as a rule, mechanized way after laying communications to capacitive structures, hydraulic testing facilities, address the identified defects, waterproofing the walls and ceilings.

5.16. After all the types of work and a set of concrete design strength produced hydraulic test capacitive structures in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 7.

5.17. Installation of drainage and distribution systems are allowed to produce filtering facilities after hydraulic test tank facilities for leaks.

5.18. Round holes in the pipelines for the distribution of water and air, as well as to collect water drilling should be carried out in accordance with the class indicated in the draft.

Deviations from the design width of slot openings in polyethylene pipes should not exceed 0.1 mm, and the length of the project in light of the gap ± 3 mm.

5.19. Deviations in the distances between the axes coupling caps in the distribution and outlet filter systems should not exceed ± 4 mm, and marks the top caps (for cylindrical projections) – ± 2 mm of the design position.

5.20. Mark edges weirs in devices for distribution and collection of water (gutters, gutters, etc.) must comply with the project and must be aligned to the water level.

When the device overflows with triangular cutouts deviation marks the bottom of the recesses of the project shall not exceed ± 3 mm.

5.21. On the inner and outer surfaces of the grooves and channels for the collection and distribution of water, and to collect the rain should not be shells and growths. Trays gutters and channels should have given the project a bias towards the movement of water (or sediment). Presence on them sites with reverse bias is not allowed.

5.22. Stacking filters boot installations for water treatment filtration may be performed after the hydrostatic test the capacities of these facilities, washing and cleaning of pipelines connected to them, individual testing of each distribution and collection systems, measuring and locking devices.

5.23. Filter media materials, to be laid in water treatment facilities, including biofilters, granulometric composition shall conform to the requirements of the project or SNIP SNIP 2.04.02-84 and 2.04.03-85.

5.24. Layer thickness deviation of each fraction from the filtering bed and the design value throughout the thickness of the load should not be more than ± 20 mm.

5.25. After completion of the installation of the filter loading facilities of drinking water must be made washing and disinfection facilities, conduct which is presented in Annex 5 recommended.

5.26. Installation of flammable wooden structural elements irrigators, vodoulovitelnyh lattices air guide panels and partitions cooling tower and spray ponds should be carried out after the welding work.

 

 

6. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF PIPELINES AND WATER AND SANITATION FACILITIES IN SPECIAL natural and climatic conditions

6.1. The pipelines and water supply and sanitation in the special natural and climatic conditions should comply with the requirements of the project and this part.

6.2. Temporary water supply pipelines, it is usually necessary to lay on the ground while adhering to the requirements for laying pipelines permanent water supply.

6.3. Construction of pipelines and facilities in permafrost should be made, as a rule, at subzero temperatures outside air frozen soil conservation grounds. In the case of construction of pipelines and facilities for positive outdoor temperatures should remain the foundation soil in the frozen state and prevent violations of their temperature-humidity regime established by the project.

Training base for pipelines and facilities on ldonasyschennyh soils should be carried out by thawing them to the projected depth and seals, as well as by replacing in accordance with the project ldonasyschennyh soil thawed soil compaction.

Movement of vehicles and construction machinery in the summer should be for roads and access roads that have been built in accordance with the project.

6.4. Construction of pipelines and structures in seismic areas should be carried out by the same methods and techniques as well as in normal construction, but with the implementation of the activities envisaged by the project to ensure their seismic resistance. Joints of steel pipes and fittings should be welded only electric arc method and check the quality of welding their physical control methods in the amount of 100%.

During the construction of reinforced concrete capacitive structures, pipelines, wells and chambers should be used mortars of plastics in accordance with the project.

6.5. All work to ensure seismic resistance of pipelines and facilities, made during construction, it should be reflected in the job log and survey instruments hidden works.

6.6. When backfilling sinuses capacitive structures, built on undermined territories should ensure the safety of joints.

Gaps joints all their height (from the base to the top of the foundations of the buildings nadfundamentnoy) must be free of soil, construction debris, sagging concrete, mortar and waste formwork.

Acts examination of the hidden works shall be executed all major special work, including: installation of expansion joints, seams slip device in foundation structures and joints, anchoring and welding joints field device connections-struts, the device passes through the pipe wall wells, chambers, capacitive structures.

6.7. Pipelines should be laid on the marshes in the trench after removal of water therefrom or in the flooded trench subject to acceptance in accordance with the project the necessary measures against them floating.

Scourge of the pipeline should be to drag along the trench or move afloat with plugged ends.

Laying pipelines to completely backfilled with sealing dam must be carried out in normal soil conditions.

6.8. The pipelines on subsiding soils pits under butt joints shall be made by compaction.

 

7. TEST pipelines and facilities

Penstock

7.1. In the absence of instructions to the draft test method of pressure pipes to be tested for strength and integrity are usually hydraulically. Depending on the climatic conditions in the construction and in the absence of water can be applied pneumatic test method for pipes with internal calculation pressure P _p , max:

- Underground cast iron, asbestos cement and concrete – 0.5 MPa (5 kgf / cm ² );

- Underground steel – 1.6 MPa (16 kgf / cm ² );

- Aboveground steel – 0.3 MPa (3 kgf / cm ² ).

7.2. Test pressure pipelines of all classes should be the construction organizations, usually in two stages:

first - a preliminary test of strength and tightness performed after filling cavities with tamping soil to half the vertical diameter and powdering pipes in accordance with the requirements of SNIP 3.02.01-87 with left open for inspection butt joints, this test may be carried out without the participation of the customer and operational organization with drawing up the act, approved the chief engineer of the construction company;

second - acceptance (final) strength test and tightness should be performed after complete filling of the pipeline with the participation of representatives of the customer and operational organization with the drawing up of the results of the test in the form of mandatory application of 1 or 3.

Both phases of testing should be performed prior to installation of hydrants, air valves, safety valves, instead of on which the test should be set flanged plugs. Preliminary testing of pipelines, inspection available in working order or be in the process of building an immediate filling (production work in the winter, in cramped conditions), with appropriate justification in projects not allowed to produce.

7.3. Pipelines underwater crossings are subject to a preliminary test twice on the slipway or site after welding pipes, but prior to the application of anticorrosion insulation to welded joints, and second – after laying pipe in the trench in the design position, but before backfilling with soil.

Results of the preliminary and acceptance tests should execute an act of compulsory application form 1.

7.4. Pipelines, built on transitions through rail and road category I and II shall be subject to a preliminary test after laying the pipeline working in box (housing) to fill the annulus cavity case and to backfill the working and receiving pits transition.

7.5. Magnitude of the internal design pressure P _P and P test pressure _and to conduct a preliminary review and testing the strength of the discharge pipe should be determined in accordance with the project requirements of SNIP 2.04.02-84 and listed in documentation.

The test pressure for leaks P _g for both pre-and acceptance test pressure line must be equal to the value of the internal design pressure P _p plus the value of P, plus the value  to be considered in accordance with the Table. 4 depending on the upper limit of the pressure measurement accuracy class and the scale interval gauge. The magnitude of R _g plus the value should not exceed the value of the acceptance test pressure pipeline strength P _and . plus the value of

7.6 * Pipelines made of steel, cast iron, concrete and asbestos cement pipes, regardless of the test method shall be tested at a length of less than 1 km – at one time, at greater length – areas less than 1 km. Length of the test sites of these pipelines for hydraulic testing method permitted to take more than 1 km, provided that the value of the allowable flow of water should be podkachennoy for area 1 km long.

Pipelines from pipes LDPE, HDPE and PVC regardless of the test method should be tested at a length not more than 0.5 miles at a time, at greater length – areas not more than 0.5 km. With appropriate justification test in the project allowed these pipelines at a time when the length of 1 km, provided that the value of the allowable flow podkachennoy water should be for 0.5 km long section.
TABLE 4.

 

7.7. In the absence of the draft guidance on the magnitude of the hydraulic test pressure Ree to perform preliminary tests flowlines strength value taken in accordance with the Table. 5 *

TABLE 5.

 

* Classes pipelines accepted SNIP 2.04.02-84.

 

7.8. Prior to the preliminary acceptance test and pressure piping must be:

- Completed all work on the sealing of joints, the device stops, installation fittings and fixtures, results are satisfactory for welding quality control and insulation of steel pipe;

- Flanged plugs installed on taps instead hydrants, air valves, safety valves and places joining operated pipelines;

- Prepared by means of filling and emptying of the test crimping area, mounted and installed temporary communication devices and cranes required for testing;

- Drained and ventilated wells for the production of preparatory work, organized vigil on the border areas of the buffer zone;

- Filled with water to the test section of the pipeline (for hydraulic testing method) and bled.

Procedure for hydrostatic test pressure pipes Leak and set out in Annex 2 recommended.

7.9. For testing the pipeline responsible executor of works should be issued permit-to-work with high-risk indication of the size of the buffer zone. Form the permit and order his extradition must comply with the requirements of SNIP III-4-80 *.

7.10. To measure the hydraulic pressure during the pre-acceptance testing of pipelines and Leak and certified should apply in the prescribed manner spring gauges accuracy class 1.5 with a body diameter of not less than 160 mm and with a scale for nominal pressure of about 4/3 test P _and .

To measure the volume of water is pumping into the pipeline and let him out during the test should be applied dimensional tanks or cold water meters (water meters) according to GOST 6019 – 83, certified in the prescribed manner.

7.11. Filling the pipeline with water test should be carried out usually at a rate m ³ / h, not more than 4 – 5 – for pipes up to 400 mm, 6 -10 – for pipes with diameters from 400 to 600 mm, 10 – 15 – for pipe diameter
700 – 1000 mm and 15 – 20 – Pipe diameter greater than 1100 mm. no more than 4 – 5 – Pipe diameter up to 400 mm, 6 -10 – Pipe diameter from 400 to 600 mm, 10 – 15 – Pipe diameter

When filling the pipeline with water air must be removed through the open taps and valves.

7.12. Acceptance test hydraulic pressure pipe is allowed to start after filling it with soil in accordance with the requirements of SNIP 3.02.01-87 and fill with water to water saturation, and if he was born in a full state of at least 72 h – for concrete pipes (including including 12 hours at an internal calculation pressure P _p ); cement pipes -24 hours (including 12 hours at an internal calculation pressure P _p ) h-24 for cast iron pipes. For steel and polyethylene pipes for the purpose of saturation extract is performed.

If the pipe was filled with water to backfill soil, the specified duration of saturation established since reburial.

7.13. Penstock is recognized and passed the preliminary acceptance hydraulic leak test, if the flow rate of water podkachennoy not exceed the allowable flow podkachennoy water on the test plot 1 km in length and pain of the table. 6 *

If the flow exceeds the permissible podkachennoy water, the line is not recognized to pass the test and should be taken to identify and eliminate latent defects of the pipeline, and then must be done retesting the pipeline.

* Table 6.

 

Notes: 1. For cast iron pipes with butt joints in rubber seals podkachennoy permissible flow of water should be taken with a factor of 0.7.

2. With a length of the test section of the pipeline less than 1 km in the table eligible costs podkachennoy water must be multiplied by the length, expressed in km, with a length of over 1 km podkachennoy permissible flow of water should be taken for 1 km.

3. For pipelines of LDPE and HDPE with welded joints and pipe PVC glue joints podkachennoy permissible flow of water should be taken as for steel pipes, equivalent largest outer diameter defining this flow interpolation.

4. For pipes of PVC compounds for rubber cuffs podkachennoy permissible flow of water should be taken as for cast iron pipes with the same compounds, equivalent largest outer diameter defining this flow interpolation.

7.14. The test pressure for pipelines pneumatically Leak and in the absence of data in the project should be taken:

- For steel piping with the calculated internal pressure Pp to 0.5 MPa
(5 kgf / cm ² ) to 0.5 MPa
vklyuch.do 0.5 MPa
- 0.6 MPa (6 kg / cm ² ) for preliminary and acceptance tests pipelines; 0.5 MPa

- For steel piping with the calculated internal pressure Pp 0.5 – 1.6 MPa
(5 – 16 kgf / cm ² ) – 1.15 Pp at preliminary and acceptance tests of pipelines; iem Pp 0.5 – 1.6 MPa

- For cast iron, concrete and asbestos cement pipes regardless of the value calculated internal pressure – 0.15 MPa (1.5 kgf / cm ² ) – Advance and 0.6 MPa (6 kg / cm ² ) – Acceptance test.

7.15. After filling the steel pipe with air prior to its alignment tests should be performed in the pipeline temperature, and soil temperature. Minimum exposure time depending on the pipe diameter, h, at DN:

Up to 300 mm 2

From 300 to 600 “- 4

“600″ 900 “- 8

“900″ 1200 “- 16

“1200″ 1 400 “- 24

St. 1400 “- 32

7.16. In preliminary tests the strength of a pneumatic pipe should be maintained under the test pressure for 30 minutes. To maintain the test pressure must Priming air.

7.17. Inspection of the pipeline in order to identify the defective locations allowed under the pressure reduction: in steel pipes – up to 0.3 MPa (3 kgf / cm ² ) in cast iron, concrete and asbestos – 0.1 MPa (1 kgf / cm ² ). While identifying leaks and other defects in the pipeline should be made ​​by the sound leaking air and bubbles, formed in areas of air leakage through the butt joints, covered on the outside with soapy emulsion.

7.18. Defects are identified and marked during the inspection of the pipeline, should be removed after the reduction of excess pressure in the line to zero. After the elimination of defects must be made re-test the pipeline.

7.19. Pipeline to pass the preliminary recognized pneumatic test of strength, if by careful examination of the pipeline will not be found violating the integrity of the pipeline, defects in welds and joints.

7.20. Acceptance testing of pipelines pneumatically Leak and should be performed in the following sequence:

- The line pressure should be brought to test pressure on the strength specified in paragraph 7.14, and under this pressure pipe stand for 30 minutes, if the violation of the integrity of the pipeline under the test pressure does not happen, the line pressure to reduce to 0.05 MPa (0.5 kgf / cm ² ) and the pipe stand at this pressure for 24 hours;

- After the expiration of Exposure pipeline pressure of 0.05 MPa (0.5 kgf / cm ² ) is set to a pressure of 0.03 MPa (0.3 kgf / cm ² ), which is the initial test pressure piping for leaks P _n , noted start the leak test, as well as barometric pressure P ^B _n , mm Hg, relevant to the test;

- Line testing under this pressure for the time specified in Table. 7;

- After the time specified in the Table. 7, measure the final pressure in the pipeline P _in mm of water column, the barometric pressure and the final P ^b _to , mmHg;

P the pressure drop, mm of water. Art. determine the formula

 

P =  (P _n = P - P _to P = ) + 13.6 (P ^b P = _N = P - P ^b P = _a ). (1) P =

 

Table 7.

 

When using the gauge as a working fluid water = gauge When used in water as a working fluid  1 using a pressure gauge, as a working fluid of water kerosene -  = 0.87. When using the gauge as a working fluid of water kerosene -

 

Note. Upon agreement with the duration of the project organization is allowed to reduce the pressure drop in the two times, but not less than 1 h, while the magnitude of the pressure drop should be in proportion to the reduced size.

 

7.21. Pipeline recognized withstood acceptance (final) pneumatic test, if not compromised his integrity and pressure drop P, defined by (1) shall not exceed the values ​​given in Table. 7. Thus air bubbles may be formed on the outer surface of the wetted concrete pressure pipes.

Non-pressure pipes

7.22. Gravity piping shall be tested for leaks twice: preliminary – to backfill and acceptance (final) after filling in the following ways:

first - determine the amount of water added to the pipeline laid in dry soils and in wet soils, when the level (horizon) of groundwater at the top of the well is located below ground by more than half the depth of the pipe, starting from the hatch to shelygi;

second - definition of water flow into the pipeline laid in wet soils, when the level (horizon) of groundwater at the top of the well is located below the ground surface at less than half the depth of the pipe, starting from the hatch to shelygi. Testing method established pipeline project.

7.23. Wells pressureless pipes having waterproofing the inside, be tested for leaks by determining the amount of water added, and the wells having a waterproofed from the outside, – determining the flow of water through them.

Wells with the project waterproof wall interior and exterior insulation can be tested for the addition of water or ground water inflow, in accordance with paragraph 7.22, together with pipelines or apart from them.

Wells without project watertight walls, interior or exterior waterproofing, acceptance tests for leaks exposed.

7.24. Non-pressure test pipelines for leaks expose portions between adjacent wells.

If you experience problems with the delivery of water in the project-based, non-pressure test pipes are allowed to produce selectively (as directed by the customer): the total length of the pipeline to 5 km – two or three sections, with the length of the pipeline over 5 km – several sections with a total length of not less than 30% .

If the results of a sample test sections of the pipeline will be unsatisfactory, the test shall be subject to all sections of the pipeline.

7.25. The hydrostatic pressure in the pipeline during its preliminary test water to be created by filling riser installed in the upper point and the upper pit filled with water if the latter is to be tested. The magnitude of the hydrostatic pressure at the top of the pipeline is determined from the high water level in the riser or pipeline shelygoy pit above the horizon or groundwater, if the latter is above shelygi. The magnitude of the hydrostatic pressure in the pipeline at his trial should be specified in the documentation. For pipelines, built from the unconfined concrete, reinforced concrete and clay pipes, this value should normally be equal to 0.04 MPa (0.4 kgf / cm ² ).

7.26. Preliminary testing of pipelines for leaks produced in the pipeline is not covered with earth for 30 minutes. The test pressure must be maintained by addition of water in the riser or in the well, preventing lowering of the water level at which more than 20 cm

Pipeline and well recognized to pass the preliminary test, if their examination is not detected water leaks. If no plan increased requirements for the tightness of the pipeline on the pipe surfaces and joints are allowed to form dew drops do not merge into a single stream when the amount of fogging by not more than 5% in the test tube section.

7.27. Acceptance test for leaks should begin after exposure to water-filled state of reinforced concrete pipe and manholes with waterproofing on the inside or waterproof wall project – within 72 hours and pipelines and wells of other materials – 24 hours

7.28. The tightness in the acceptance test the buried pipeline is defined ways:

first - measured on top in the sump volume is added to a riser or well water for 30 min, thus lowering the water level in the riser or in the well may be no more than 20 cm;

second - measured by volume in the lower pit of the inflowing groundwater in the pipeline.

Pipeline to pass the acceptance test is recognized for leaks if certain volumes in the test water added by the first method (a tributary of groundwater by the second method) will be no more than indicated in Table. 8 * what should be drafted act in the form of compulsory application 4.

 

TABLE 8 *

 

Notes: 1. By increasing the duration of the test more than 30 minutes the allowable amount of added water (water flow) should be increased in proportion to the duration of the test.

2. The allowable amount of added water (inflow) in zhalezobetonny pipe diameter over 600 mm should be determined by the formula

q = 0.83 (+4 D), l, 10 m length of pipeline in the test, 30 min (2)

where D-inner (conditional) pipe diameter, dm.

3. For reinforced concrete pipe with butt joints in rubber seals allowable amount of added water (water flow) should be a factor of 0.7.

4. Allowable amounts of added water (water flow) through the walls and the bottom of the well to a depth of 1 m it should be taken as an acceptable amount of added water (water flow) per 1 m of pipes with a diameter equal on the area to the inner diameter of the well.

5. Allowable amount of added water (water flow) in the pipeline being constructed from precast concrete and blocks should be the same as for pipes of reinforced concrete pipes of equal to them in cross-sectional area.

6. Allowable amount added to the water pipeline (inflow) 10 m length of the test pipe during the test 30 minutes for LDPE and HDPE pipes with welded joints and pressure pipes PVC glue joints should be determined for diameters up to 500 mm inclusive. according to the formula q = 0.03 D, a diameter of 500 mm – the formula
q =
0.2 +0.03 D, where D - violation zhny diameters transport conduit dm; q - led Jicin allowable amount of water added l.

 

7. Allowable amount added to the water pipeline (inflow) 10 m length of the test pipe during the test 30 minutes for PVC pipe with rubber compounds cuff should be determined by the formula q = 0.06 +0,01 D, where D - outer diameter of the pipeline, dm; q - the permissible amount of water added, l.

 

7.29. Storm sewer pipes are subject to prior review and testing for leaks in accordance with the requirements of this subsection if it is provided by the project.

7.30. Pipelines of unconfined concrete socket, rebated and plain end pipes with a diameter of more than 1600 mm, intended for the project pipeline, either continuously or intermittently pressurized to 0.05 MPa (B m of water column) and having performed in accordance with a special project waterproof outer or inner lining, the hydraulic pressure test shall be specified in the project.

 

Capacitive structures

7.31. Hydraulic test for water resistance (permeability) capacitive structures should be performed after the design strength of concrete, cleaning and washing.

Waterproofing and sprinkled ground capacitive structures should be performed after a satisfactory hydraulic testing of these structures, if the other requirements are not justified by the project.

7.32. Prior to the pressure test tank facilities should be filled with water in two stages:

first - filling a height of 1 m with time during the day; second - content to the design level.

Capacitive structures, filled with water to the design level, it should be kept for at least three days.

7.33. Capacitive structures withstood pressure test recognized if the decline of water in it for the day is less than 3 liters per 1 m ² of wetted surface and bottom walls, the walls in the seams and no signs of a leak and found the soil moisture in the ground. Allowed only slight darkening and fogging separate locations.

When tested for water resistance capacitive structures decline of water to evaporation from an open water surface should be considered further.

7.34. If there are leaks and jet water stains on the walls or wetting the soil at the base of the capacitive structure is not considered to pass the test, even if the loss of water in it does not exceed the standard. In this case, after measuring the water loss from the complete bay facilities must be fixed place to be repaired.

After elimination of the detected defects must be made re-test capacitive structures.

7.35. When tested reservoirs and tanks for storage of aggressive fluids leaking water is not allowed. The test should be performed prior to the application of anti-corrosion coating.

7.36. The flow channels filters and contact clarifiers (prefabricated and monolithic concrete) tested hydraulically calculated pressure specified in the documentation.

7.37. The flow channels filters and contact clarifiers are recognized to pass the pressure test if visual inspection of the side walls of the channel filters and water leaks were found and if within 10 minutes The test pressure does not decrease by more than 0.002 MPa (0.02 kg / cm ² )

7.38. Catchment tank towers must be waterproof and hydraulic testing of the tank on the inside surface of the walls is not allowed browning or weak fogging separate locations.

7.39. Drinking water reservoirs, septic tanks and other facilities after the capacitive device overlaps be tested hydraulically to the water leakage in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 7.31-7.34.

Drinking water reservoir to waterproofing and backfill soil should be additionally tested for vacuum and overpressure respectively vacuum and pressurized air at a rate of 0.0008 MPa (80 mm water column) for 30 min and recognized pass the test if values ​​respectively vacuum and excess pressure for 30 minutes will not decrease by more than 0.0002 MPa (20 mm of water. tbsp.) if other requirements are not justified by the project.

7.40. Digester (cylindrical part) should be subjected to a hydraulic pressure test in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs. 7.31-7.34, and joists, metal gas cap (plenum) should be tested for leaks (gas-tight) pneumatically pressure 0.005 MPa (500 mm water column).

Digester kept under test pressure of not less than 24 hours When a defective places they should be removed, after which the structure should be tested at a pressure drop for an additional 8 hours Digester recognized pass the test for leaks if the pressure in it for 8 hours drops more than 0,001 MPa (100 mm wg).

7.41. Breather caps and distribution system filters after installation to download filters should be put to test by applying water intensity of
5-8 l / (s • install them before downloading filters should be subjected to the test by the water intensity
m ² install them before downloading filters should be subjected to the test by water supply intensity
) to install them before downloading filters should be subjected to the test by the intensity of the water supply
and air intensity of 20 l / (s • install them before downloading filters should be subjected to the test by the water intensity
m ² ) to install them before downloading filters should be put to test by applying water intensity
by threefold repetition of
8-10 min. Detected with defective caps must be replaced.

7.42. Completed construction of pipelines and construction of drinking water supply prior to acceptance into service subject to washing (cleaning) and disinfection by chlorination followed by washing to obtain satisfactory control of physico-chemical and bacteriological analyzes of water meeting the requirements of
GOST 2874-82 and the “Guidelines for the control of household disinfection potable water and chlorine disinfection of water supply facilities in central and local water supply, “Health Ministry SSSR.7.42. Completed construction of pipelines and construction of drinking water supply prior to acceptance into service subject to washing (cleaning) and disinfection by chlorination followed by washing to obtain satisfactory control of physico-chemical and bacteriological analyzes of water meeting the requirements of

7.43. Washing and disinfection of pipelines and facilities of drinking water supply should be made of the construction organizations working for the laying and installation of pipelines and facilities, with the participation of representatives of the customer and operational organization in monitoring, carried out by representatives of sanitary-epidemiological service. Procedure for cleaning and disinfection of pipelines and plants for water-injection is presented in Annex 5 recommended.

7.44. On the results produced by washing and disinfection of pipelines and facilities of drinking water supply should be made by an act of the form given in Annex 6 mandatory.

Test results should be issued capacitive structures act, signed by representatives of the construction organization, customer and operational organization.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

TO TEST pressure systems and water supply and sewerage, under construction in the special natural and climatic conditions

 

7.45. Penstock water and sanitation conditions under construction in all types of soil subsidence outside the industrial sites and settlements, tested portions of not more than 500 m in the territory of industrial sites and settlements length test sites should be administered according to local conditions, but not more than 300 m

7.46. Checking waterproof capacitive structures built on subsiding soils of all types, must be made ​​within 5 days after they are filled with water, with the decline of water per day should not exceed 2 liters per 1 m ² of wetted surface and bottom walls.

Upon detection of a leak of water facilities shall be released and discharged into place certain project, excluding built-up area flooding.

7.47. Hydraulic testing of pipelines and capacitive structures erected in areas where permafrost should produce, as a rule, at an ambient temperature below 0 ° C, unless other test conditions are not justified by the project.

 

ANNEX 1

Required

ACT

About an acceptance of hydraulic tests penstock Leak and

 

City __________________ “” _____ of _____________ 19

 

Commission composed of representatives of: construction organization

_____________________________________________________________

(Name of organization, position, name, Acting)

 

technical supervision of the customer ___________________________________

(Name of organization, position,

_______________________________________________________________

surname, Acting)

operational organization ____________________________________

(Name of organization, position,

________________________________________________________________

surname, Acting)

made this act of acceptance on hydraulic test

Leak and pressure pipe section

_____________________________________________________________

(Name of the object and number of pickets on its borders,

_____________________________________________________________

pipe length, diameter, pipe material and joints)

These working documents in quantities calculated internal pressure test of the pipeline P _p = _____ MPa (_____ kgf / cm ² ) and the test pressure
P _and ) and the test pressure
MPa = ______ (_____ kgf / cm ² ).) and test pressure

Pressure measurement during the test performed by the technical accuracy class __ manometer with an upper limit of measurement __ kgf / cm ² .

Scale interval gauge _____ kgf / cm ² .

Manometer was located above the axis of the pipeline on the Z = ______ m

With the above values ​​of the internal settlement and the test pressure of the pipeline pressure gauge P _RM and P _IM should be respectively:

P _RM = R _p - = ______ kg / cm ² - , R _IM -  = R _and - - = ______ kg / cm ² . - -

Permissible flow podkachennoy water defined by Table. 6 * 1 km of the pipeline, equal ________ l / min, or, relative to the length of the test pipe is ______ l / min.

 

 

CONDUCTING TESTS AND RESULTS

 

To test the strength of the line pressure was increased to P _IM = ______ kg / cm ² and maintained for _____ minutes, with the exception of its reduction of more than 1 kg / cm ² . Thereafter, the pressure was reduced to a value calculated internal gauge pressure P _RM = ______ kg / cm ² and inspected the pipeline nodes in wells (cells) with leaks and ruptures were found and the pipeline was admitted for further testing for leaks.

For leak testing pressure in the pipeline was increased to test pressure for leaks P _r = P _RM + R = ______ kg / cm ² + , observed during the test T _n + = ___ hours ___ minutes, and the initial water level in the measuring tank h + _n = _____ mm. +

Test pipeline in the following order:

 

____________________________________________________________

(Specify the sequence of testing and surveillance

 

____________________________________________________________

pressure drop, whether to release water from the pipeline

____________________________________________________________

and other features of the test procedure)

During testing of the pipeline for leaks in the pressure gauge reading on it was reduced to _____ kgf / cm ² , marked the end of the test time T _to h = _____ ______ minutes and the final level of water in the measuring tank h _to = _____ mm. The volume of water necessary in restoring pressure to the test defined by levels of water in the measuring tank, Q = ____ l.

Duration of the test pipe for leaks T = T _to - T _n = ____ min. The flow rate of water in the conduit podkachennoy during testing is
q = ____ min. The flow rate of water in the conduit podkachennoy during the test is _n = ____ min. The flow rate of water in the pipeline podkachennoy during the test is =  ____ = l / min, which is less than the allowable flow rate.

 

 

COMMISSION DECISION

Pipeline to pass the acceptance test is recognized for strength and tightness.

 

The representative of the construction and assembly organizatsii__________________ (signature)

Technical supervision of the customer representative __________________ (signature)

The representative of the operational organization __________________ (signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX 2

Recommended

ORDER hydraulic testing of pressure pipelines Leak and

1. Preliminary testing and acceptance hydraulic pressure pipe Leak and should be carried out in the following order.

When tested for durability:

- Increase the pressure in the pipeline P to test _and by pumping water and maintain it for at least 10 min, not allowing the pressure reduction of more than 0.1 MPa (1 kgf / cm ² );

- The test pressure to reduce internal design pressure P _p and keeping it through, pump water to inspect the pipeline in order to detect defects on it for the time required to perform this inspection;

- In the case of defects to remove them and make the re-test of the pipeline.

After the test, the strength of the pipeline start testing it for leaks, it is necessary:

pressure in the pipeline to increase the test pressure tightness R _g ;

fix the time of the test T _n and measure the initial water level in the reservoir dimensional h _n ;

observation produce a pressure drop in the conduit, wherein there may be three variants of the pressure drop:

first - if within 10 minutes, the pressure will fall by at least two divisions of the scale gauge, but will not fall below the internal design pressure P _p , then this observation pressure drop finish;

second - if, within 10 minutes, the pressure will fall by less than two-division scale pressure gauge, the observation of a decrease in pressure to the internal design pressure P _p should continue as long as the pressure drops by at least two-division scale pressure gauge with follow-up should not be more than 3 hours for concrete and 1 h – for cast iron, asbestos cement and steel pipelines. If after this time the pressure drops to the internal design pressure P _p , you should reset the water from the pipeline into the measuring tank (or measure the amount of water discharged by other means);

third - after 10 minutes, the pressure falls below the internal design pressure P _p , then further testing of the pipeline to stop and take measures to detect and eliminate hidden defects of the pipeline by keeping it under internal pressure P calculated _p as long as a careful examination will not be identified defects caused unacceptable pressure drop in the pipeline.

After closure the pressure drop observations of the first embodiment and water discharge completion according to the second embodiment in the following sequence:

pumping water from the measuring tank pressure in the pipeline to increase the test pressure for leaks P _g , fix the time of closure leak test T _{to the} end and measure the level of water in the measuring tank h _to ;

determine the duration of the test pipe (T _a - T _n ) m, the amount of water in the pipeline podkachennoy dimensional reservoir of Q (the first embodiment), the difference between the volumes podkachennoy conduit and discharged therefrom further volume of water or a water pipeline podkachennoy Q (for the second option), and calculate the value of the actual flow of additional volume of water vkachennoy q _n , l / min, according to the formula

Q

q _n = _________

T _to - T _n

2. Filling the pipeline an additional volume of water with the tightness test is required for replacement of air released through the water-tight looseness in the joints, filling the pipeline volumes encountered in small angular deformation of the pipe in the butt joints, advancements rubber seals in these compounds and displacements end caps; additional soaking under the test pressure of the walls of asbestos and concrete pipes, as well as to compensate for possible hidden water seep out of reach for pipeline inspection.

 

 

APPENDIX 3

Required

ACT

ON THE PNEUMATIC TEST

Penstock Leak and

 

 

City __________________ “” _____ of _____________ 19

 

The Commission, composed of representatives:

construction organization ________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________ (Name of organization, position, name, Acting)

, Technical supervision закачика_____________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________

 (Name of organization, position, name, Acting)

operational organization _____________________________________________________

(Name of organization, position,

_________________________________________________________________________________

surname, Acting)

made this act on pneumatic test Leak and pressure pipe section _______________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________

(Name of the object and number of pickets on its borders)

_______ M length of pipeline, pipe material ___________, _______ mm pipe diameter, material joints _______

 

Magnitude of the internal design pressure in the pipeline P _p is ____ MPa (___ kgf / cm ² ).

 

To test the strength of the line pressure was increased to ________ MPa
(______ kgf / cm ² for the strength test pressure in the pipeline was increased to ________ MPa
) and maintained for 30 min. Pipeline integrity violations were found. Thereafter, the line pressure was reduced to 0.05 MPa (0.5 kgf / cm ² ) and under this pressure was maintained in the conduit 24 during ch.Dlya strength testing pressure in the conduit was increased to ________ MPa

After completion of the pipeline delay in the initial set therein had a test pressure P _n = 0,03 MPa (0.3 kgf / cm ² ). This pressure corresponds to reading connected manometer P _n = _________ mm vod.st (or ker.st. mm – gauge when filling kerosene).

Test start time ____ h ____ min, the initial barometric pressure P ^b _n = _______ mmHg Under this pressure, the pipeline has been tested within _____ hours After this time, the test measured the pressure in the pipe P _to = ____ mm water column (___ Mm ker. Tbsp.). In this final barometric pressure P ^b _to = ____ mm Hg.Art.

Actual value of the pressure drop in the pipeline

 

P = (P _n = P - P _to P = ) + (P ^b P = _N = P - P ^b P = _a ) = _________ mm of water. Art., P =

 

Table 6 that less than the allowable pressure drop * ( = 1 for water and kerosene = 0.87).

 

COMMISSION DECISION

Pipeline recognized withstood pneumatic test for strength and tightness.

 

The representative of the construction and installation-

tion organization __________________

(Signature)

Representative technical supervision

customer __________________

(Signature)

The representative of the operational bodies

Organization __________________

(Signature)

 

 

ANNEX 4

Required

ACT

About an acceptance pressureless hydraulic testing lines for leaks

 

 

City __________________ “” _____ of _____________ 19

 

The Commission, composed of representatives:

construction organization ____________________________

(Name of organization,

____________________________________, Technical supervision order-

position, name, Acting)

чика_________________________________________________________

(Name of organization, position, name, Acting)

operational organization ____________________________________

(Name of organization, position,

_____________________________________________________________

surname, Acting)

made this act of acceptance on hydraulic test unconfined portion of the pipeline ______________________

(Name of facility

_____________________________________________________________

Room pickets on its borders, length and diameter)

The groundwater level at the location of the top of the well is located ________ m from top of the pipe in it at a depth of emplacement pipe (to the top) ________ m

 

Test pipe produced __________________________

(Specify with or

____________________________ Way ________________________

separately from the wells and chambers) (specify test method -

 

____________________________________________________________

adding water into the conduit or an influx of ground water into it)

Hydrostatic pressure value ______ m of water. Art. Created by filling with water ______________________________________________

(Specify the number of wells installed in it or riser)

In accordance with Table 8 * allowable added to the pipeline of water, ground water inflow at 10 m length of the pipe during the test

(Delete as appropriate)

of 30 minutes is equal to ________ l. Actual during the test volume of water added, the flow of groundwater was __________ l, or

(Delete as appropriate)

based on the pipe length 10 m (based tests together with wells, chambers) and the duration of the test, for 30 minutes was ________ l, which is less than the allowable rate.

 

COMMISSION DECISION

Pipeline to pass the acceptance admits pressure test for leaks.

 

The representative of the construction and installation-

tion organization __________________

(Signature)

Representative technical supervision

customer __________________

(Signature)

The representative of the operational bodies

Organization __________________

(Signature)

ANNEX 5

Recommended

CONDUCT OF FLUSHING and disinfecting pipelines and facilities of drinking water supply

1. To disinfect the pipelines and facilities of drinking water supply is permitted to use the following chlorinated reagents, authorized by the Ministry of Health:

dry reagents – bleach according to GOST 1692-85, calcium hypochlorite (neutral) according to GOST 25263-82 grade A;

liquid reagents – sodium hypochlorite (sodium hypochlorite) in accordance with GOST 11086-76 grades A and B; electrolytic sodium hypochlorite and liquid chlorine in accordance with GOST 6718-86.

2. Purification cavity and flushing the pipeline to remove residual impurities and incidental items should be performed, usually before the hydraulic pressure test by water-air (hydropneumatic) rinsing and hydro elastic manner by treatment of the pistons (foam, etc.) or water alone.

3. The speed of movement of the elastic piston hydromechanical washing should be between 0.3 – 1.0 m / sec at an internal pressure in the pipe of about 0.1 MPa
(1 kgf / cm ² ). nnem line pressure of about 0.1 MPa

Purification foam pistons should be used within a diameter of 1.2-1.3 diameter pipe length – 1.5-2.0 diameter pipeline only on straight pipe with smooth curves, not exceeding 15 °, with no protruding inside the pipe ends piping attached thereto or the other parts, as well as fully opening the gate valve in the pipeline. The diameter of the discharge pipe should be one gauge smaller than the diameter of the pipeline to be washed.

4. Hydropneumatic washing should be carried out by feeding conduit with the compressed air with water in an amount not less than 50% of the water flow. The air should be injected into the pipeline at pressures greater than the internal pressure in the pipeline at
0.05 – 0.15 MPa (0.5 – 1.5 kg / cm ² ) .4. Hydropneumatic washing should be carried out by feeding conduit with the compressed air with water in an amount not less than 50% of the water flow. The air should be injected into the pipeline under the pressure higher than the internal pressure in the pipeline on the
speed of water-air mixture is taken in the range from 2.0. m/s.4 to 3.0. Hydropneumatic washing should be carried out by feeding conduit with the compressed air with water in an amount not less than 50% of the water flow. The air should be injected into the pipeline under the pressure higher than the internal pressure in the pipeline at

5. Length leached sections of pipelines, as well as the site of administration in the water pipeline and the piston and the order of operations must be defined in the project production work, which includes working scheme, route plan, profile and detailing wells.

Length of the pipeline for chlorination should be used, as a rule, no more than 1 – 2 km.

6. After cleaning and rinsing conduit be disinfected by chlorination at a concentration of active chlorine of 75 – 100 mg / l (g / m ³ with chlorine water contact time in the conduit 5 – 6 hours or at 40 – 50 mg / liter (g / m ³ ) with a contact time of at least
24 hours The concentration of active chlorine is assigned depending on the degree of clogging the pipeline. with a contact time of at least

7. Prior to chlorination, perform the following preparatory work:

carry out installation of the necessary communications to introduce a solution of bleach (chlorine), and water, air exhaust risers for sampling (with out them above ground level), installation of pipelines and disposal relief chlorinated water (with security measures) to prepare a working circuit chlorination (route plan, profile and detailing pipeline applying these communications), as well as a schedule of work;

identify and prepare the necessary amount of bleach (chlorine) with regard to the content of the commodity product chlorine, chlorinated volume of the pipeline with the highest concentration (dose) of active chlorine in the solution according to the formula

 

0,082 D ² lK

T = _____________

A

where T – required mass market product chloro reagent based on 5% of the loss, kg;

D and L - respectively diameter and length of the pipeline, m;

K - adopted concentration (dose) of active chlorine, g / m ³ (mg / l);

A - percentage of active chlorine in the commodity product,%.

Example. Chlorination dose of 40 g / m ³ of the pipeline with a diameter of 400 mm and a length of 1000 m with the use of bleach containing 18% active chlorine need marketable weight of bleach in an amount of 29.2 kg.

8. For control of active chlorine content along the pipeline during its filling with chlorine water every 500 m should establish temporary sampling risers with isolation valves output above the earth’s surface, which is also used to release the air as you fill the pipeline. Their diameter is adopted for the calculation, but not less than 100 mm.

9. Introduction of chlorine in the solution should be continued until the pipeline until at points farthest from the feed point of bleach, water will flow from the active content (residual) chlorine of at least 50% set. From this point further feeding the chlorine solution should be discontinued, leaving the pipeline filled with chlorine solution for the estimated time of contact of the n .6 of this application.

10. After chlorine water contact closure must reset to the locations specified in the draft conduit, and rinsed with pure water to until the residual chlorine in the wash water is reduced to 0.3 – 0.5 mg / l. For subsequent chlorination chlorine water pipe sections may be used repeatedly. After closure of the discharged duct disinfecting chlorine water to be diluted with water to the active chlorine concentration of 2 – 3 mg / l or dechlorinates by introduction of sodium hypophosphite in an amount of 3.5 mg per 1 mg of active chlorine remaining in the solution.

Places and conditions of discharge chlorinated water and the procedures to monitor its withdrawal should be coordinated with the local sanitary-epidemiological service.

11. In the connection (frames) of newly constructed pipeline to the existing network should implement local disinfection fittings and fixtures with a bleach solution.

12. Disinfection of water wells before taking into operation is performed in cases where after washing them with water quality bacteriological does not meet the requirements of GOST 2874-82.

Disinfection is carried out in two stages: first topside well then – underwater. To decontaminate the topside of the roof above the downhole aquifer must be installed the pneumatic tube, which is well above the fill bleach solution or other chlorine-containing reagent at a concentration of active chlorine of 50 – 100 mg / l depending on the intended degree of contamination. After 3-6 hours of contact to be removed and the stopper using a special mixer enter a chlorine solution to the underwater portion of the wellbore in such a way that the active chlorine concentration after mixing with water was not less than 50 mg / l. After 3 h -6 contact evacuate before the disappearance of water noticeable chlorine odor, then water samples for bacteriological analysis control.

Note. Estimated volume of chlorine solution adopted more volume wells (height and diameter) for disinfection topside – 1.2 – 1.5 times, underwater, 2-3.

13. Disinfection capacitive structures should be done by irrigation solution of bleach or other chlorine-containing reagents with active chlorine concentration of 200 – 250 mg / l. This solution must be prepared at the rate of 0.3 -0.5 liters per 1 m ² and the inner surface of the irrigation hose through the atomizer or to cover them, and the bottom wall of the tank. After 1 -2 hours to disinfect the surfaces rinsed with clean tap water, removing waste solution through mud issues. Work should be done in special clothes, rubber boots and masks, before entering the reservoir tank should be installed with a solution of bleach for washing boots.

14. Disinfection filters after their loading, sumps, tanks, mixers and the pressure vessel must be small to produce a volumetric method, filling them with a solution with a concentration of 75 – 100 mg / l of active chlorine. After exposure for 5.6 hours, the solution is necessary to remove chlorine mud through the pipe and the container rinsed clean tap water until the rinse water content 0.3 – 0.5 mg / l of the residual chlorine.

15. In the chlorination of water supply pipelines and facilities should meet SNIP III-4-80 * and departmental regulations on safety.

ANNEX 6

Required

ACT

ON THE WASHING AND DISINFECTION

PIPELINE (BUILDINGS)

Potable water supply

 

 

City __________________ “” _____ of _____________ 19

 

The Commission, composed of representatives:

Sanitary-Epidemiological Service (SES) ______________________

(Town, district,

___________________________________________________________

position, name, Acting)

 

customer ___________________________________________________

(Name of organization,

___________________________________________________________

position, name, Acting)

 

construction organization ______________________________

(Name of organization,

 

__________________________________________________________

position, name, Acting)

operational organization __________________________________

(Name of organization,

 

__________________________________________________________

position, name, Acting)

 

made this act that the pipeline construction ________

(Delete as appropriate) (naimenova-

 

_______________________________ Subjected to washing and disinfection

Object of the length, diameter, volume)

 

tion at a concentration of chlorination ______________________

(Specify how reagent)

_________ mg of active chlorine / liter (g / m ³ ) and the duration of contact parts ____

The results of physico-chemical and bacteriological analyzes of water ______ sheets attached.

 

The representative of the sanitary

Epidemiological Service (SES) __________________

(Signature)

 

Customer Representative __________________

(Signature)

Representative construction

installer __________________

(Signature)

The representative of the operational bodies

Organization __________________

(Signature)

Conclusion SES: pipeline, construction disinfected consider-

(Delete as appropriate)

bathrooms and washed out and allow it to start operation.

Chief physician SES:

“” _________________________________________

(Date) (name, acting, signature)

SAFETY

SUBWAY AT CONSTRUCTION

And underground structures

as amended (PB 03-106-96)

Apply to the design and construction of subways, transportation, industrial, utility tunnels and underground structures

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

New Safety Rules for construction of subways and underground structures cover design, design documentation, research and construction of subways, transportation, industrial, utility tunnels and various underground structures implemented underground and open ways.

The new edition of the Rules developed by the Central Research Institute of Transport Construction, Gostgortechnadzor Russian Research Institute of Hygiene involving rail transport and the Moscow Mining Institute. In the final editing and Rules attended by leading specialists from organizations Tonnelmetrostroya, Mosmetrostroy, Mosinzhstroya, Metrotonnelgeodezii, a number of design and research organizations involved in the design of underground structures.

During the recycling regulations reflect changes in technology, technology and organization of underground construction that occurred in recent years, advanced domestic and foreign experience in safe work performance, including in complex engineering system of cities, also takes into account the analysis of occupational injuries in different areas of underground construction . First included requirements for safe operation in underground machines with internal combustion engines, changed requirements for ventilation of underground workings, electrical and special works.

More fully articulated and differentiated responsibilities and tasks for the security of underground construction work for all the functional services and in this regard there are special sections on Mine Surveying and ensure liability for failure to comply with the Regulations. Have changed the position of the individual tasks of technical supervision.

With the introduction of the Regulation to all heads of state, stock, rental, cooperative organizations, leading underground construction, it is necessary to carry out the certification of its employees on the knowledge of new safety rules.

With the introduction of the new Rules are repealed rules of safety and sanitation in the construction of subways and tunnels, approved by the Ministry of Transport Construction of the USSR in 1975 and the “Additional safety requirements in the construction of lifting facilities in Moscow, located at a depth of not more than 40 m and the length of the production work no more than two years, “approved Gostgortechnadzor USSR in 1987

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1. SCOPE project documentation

 

1.1.1. These Regulations are binding on all officials and technical officers engaged research, design and construction of subways, transportation, industrial and utility tunnels and underground structures.

Note. Workers are required to comply with instructions for safe work practices.

 

1.1.2. Each organization involved in the construction of subways, tunnels and underground structures, should have design and technical documentation, including the organization of construction projects (PIC) and projects of works (CPD) or procedures for all types of work. The sections of this documentation must be set out specific safety solutions, conservation of resources, environment and sanitary maintenance of workers.

Not be derogated from PIC and PPR without prior coordination with organizations to develop them.

 

1.1.3. Organizations developing projects are obliged to provide them safe methods of mining, construction, installation and other works, guided by current safety regulations for special works, sanitary and fire regulations, SNiPs and guests.

 

1.1.4. Projects and production work flow sheets should be developed and attached directly to the building site, taking into account local conditions.

 

1.1.5. In the production and transport of common work related to the construction of underground structures, as well as the organization of the construction site, scaffolding and other means of paving, installation of formwork, reinforcement, performing sanitary, electrical and finishing work should be guided by the requirements of Chapter existing SNIP “Safety construction “, as well as relevant safety regulations.

 

1.1.6. Operation of construction, lifting, mining and transport machinery, including maintenance, shall be in accordance with applicable requirements of Chapter snip, “Rules for design and safe operation of cranes” and the manufacturer’s instructions.

 

1.1.7. Use of explosives in mining excavations shall be in accordance with the requirements of the “Uniform Rules for safety during blasting operations.”

 

1.1.8. Builder leading the construction of underground facilities must have as-built drawings reflecting geotechnical conditions of penetration, and eliminate existing underground structures and communications that may affect the construction work, the state mining and their fastenings, drainage, water supply, ventilation, energy, communications, heating, communications, underground transport.

Allowed in some cases the production of works without the executive documentation (drawings, structural elements, etc.) for engineering services in the presence of materials topographic and geodetic and geotechnical surveys performed in accordance with regulatory requirements, and in agreement with the owners of elevating structures and communications.

 

1.1.9. The design, installation, operation and maintenance of lighting systems, emergency lighting and working in industrial environments, as well as in open areas should be guided by the requirements for light sources, lighting devices, lighting quality and operating SNIP “Norms for artificial lighting during the construction of subways and tunnels “sanitary standards.

 

1.1.10. On during commissioning (rolling subway lines, etc.) should be developed special safety measures approved by the Chief Engineer (associations).

Manufacturing jobs in exploited subways and tunnels should be done by the joint order (or other joint document) construction organization and the organization operating the underground facility.

 

1.1.11. All employees of a construction company operating in the underground tunnels and operated railways work required to know and comply with, their existing rules and regulations for safety and signaling Rules of technical operation and underground railways in the part of the order flow and relieve tension with contact rail fencing places of work, use of signals, order closing spans for work, as well as “Instruction on the order of works by foreign organizations operated facilities underground.”

1.1.12. Manufacture and repair of mining heading machinery, equipment and tooling should be in accordance with the requirements of this Regulation and additions thereto.

 

 

 

1.2. Approvals;

Emergency SOFTWARE

1.2.1. Commissioning of newly-mounted mining and tunnel complexes, lifting, the main ventilation and drainage installations, locomotive haulage should be made by a commission with the participation of a representative of Gosgortechnadzor after the presentation of objects and acts readiness results of control tests.

During the construction of utility tunnels Commissioning of mining heading machinery and equipment (except for cargo and human upgrades, having in its composition hoisting machines and mechanized tunnel boring systems (boards) with a diameter of 3.6 m or more) made commission of the enterprise.

 

1.2.2. On the construction of underground structures are allowed to use the equipment, machines, equipment, tools and materials for subsurface conditions or authorized to use the relevant state supervision.

 

1.2.3. Observational and experimental use in underground construction, admission to acceptance testing and licensing for the production and use of new models of mining equipment and electrical devices must be carried out in the manner prescribed instruction approved by the Russian State Technical Supervision.

 

1.2.4. Application of new technologies and methods of work not covered by this Regulation shall be carried out under the project developed a specialized organization, agreed with Gosgortechnadzor.

 

1.2.5. Head of the organization tasked with the construction of the underground facility, not later than 15 days before the start of major works required to submit for registration in the local list of sites Gosgortechnadzor works, regardless of the manner in which they are constructed.

 

1.2.6. All constructed underground facilities must be serviced Paramilitary Mountain Rescue units.

Office (headquarters) VGSCH must agree to the deployment of rescue units Gosgortechnadzor.

On the construction of utility tunnels command and administration of the organization can be created VGSCH auxiliary mine rescue team in accordance with the Model Regulations on them. approved by the Ministry of Construction of Russia in agreement with the Russian State Technical Supervision.

 

1.2.7. For each object underground construction plan should be developed emergency response (PLA) in accordance with the “Instructions for emergency response plans for the construction of underground facilities” (Annex 1).

The emergency plan is reviewed and approved once every six months, not later than 15 days before the beginning of next year.

When the changes in the location of mines, ventilation scheme and related ways out of people on the surface of the PLA in no later than the next day should be made appropriate corrections.

Never allow people to work who are not familiar with the PLA do not know it in part related to their place of work and ways of movement. Each introduction of PLA and outputs should be carried out on receipt before beginning work.

Re-introduction of working with wire outlet faces technical supervision every 6 months, and when the outputs – within days.

 

1.2.8. In all organizations conducting underground work, organized by turns registration of persons descended in development and left on the surface. Responsibility for ensuring such records shall be foreman.

 

1.2.9. To notify employees about emergency at each site underground construction except telephone must be equipped with an alarm (light, speakerphone, wireless radio, etc.).

 

1.2.10. All underground workers and those technical supervision before going into mining, hazardous gas or dust explosion must be issued individually assigned to them self-rescuers.

The number of self-rescuers at the facility must be 10% more than the listed number of underground workers.

 

1.2.11. On underground construction sites, not hazardous gas and dust explosion, allowed selfrescuers storage group in an amount exceeding 10% on the number of employees in most large change. Storage areas selfrescuers special boxes must be marked, and further illuminated.

Responsibility for the condition and safety of self-rescuers assigned to section chief, and for providing them in sufficient quantities – the head of the organization.

 

1.2.12. Workers, as well as those technical supervision should be provided with personal protective equipment in accordance with applicable regulations, be able to use self-rescuers, and the performance of special operations – Additional protective measures.

 

1.2.13. Tunnelling work on the underground construction sites must be carried out by written along issued in accordance with the Regulations on the elegant system, approved by the chief engineer of the construction company.

 

1.2.14. Work with increased risk should be carried out by the permit. The list of such works approved by the chief engineer of the organization.

 

1.2.15. Each employee, noting the danger that threatens people or object shall notify the employees, to inform the person of technical supervision, and if possible take measures to eliminate the danger.

 

1.2.16. When work on the subject by several organizations should be developed joint activities on safe work and division of responsibilities in accordance with the Regulations on the relationship of organizations – general contractors with subcontractors.

 

 

 

1.3. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS

1.3.1. The works of increased danger in the construction of underground structures allowed a person 18 years of age.

 

1.3.2. Workers, engineers, technicians and employees entering the building are subject to prior medical examination. Re-examination of persons engaged in underground work and work in high risk, should be done annually.

 

1.3.3. For technical manual labor in underground mines and surface allowed persons who have completed education or mining engineering graduates special school or courses entitling technical guidance (in charge of mining and blasting).

On the surface of the mine on the technical documentation of production processes, not related to mining, allowed a person without a special mountain formation, but with technical education, corresponding to the profile works.

Leading experts design company engaged in the development of mining projects and construction of the underground facilities, project organization and technology of mining operations, mining engineering should have education and work experience of at least three years in this profession.

 

1.3.4. All newly entering the workforce or transferred from other institutions of engineering and technical personnel engaged in the design and construction of underground facilities must, within one month, and subsequently at least every three years to pass the exams on the knowledge of these Rules.

Students of higher and secondary specialized schools, vocational school students before passing the first production practices must undergo training and pass exams on a par with the safety of underground workers. Before the start of the subsequent practice, they are instructed on safety.

 

1.3.5. Workers received and transferred to work in another profession are required to undergo a preliminary safety training. Education is made with a margin of production in accordance with the “Programs prior training of workers engaged in underground work” agreed with Gosgortechnadzor, with the obligatory exams in the committee chaired by the chief engineer of the organization.

Durations must be at least:

- For workers not previously worked pas underground works – 5 days;

- Previously worked on them – 2 days;

- Transferred from one profession to another – 1 day;

- For working on the surface:

- Have not previously worked in construction – 2 days;

- Previously worked – 1 day.

Working combining several professions, should be trained and instructed in all occupations.

 

1.3.6. Vocational training of workers should be carried out in vocational schools, training center, technical schools or training centers. To work independently workers may be admitted only after the exam and obtain a license.

Permitted the training of workers in occupations not related to increased risk in the construction organization, individual and group order. At the time of such training workers be allowed to work only in conjunction with an experienced worker or a master instructor.

 

1.3.7. By managing machines and equipment allowed persons specially trained in the profession who have passed the exam and get your license.

Machinists (their assistants) of these funds that are managed due to the rapid introduction of electric, should have besides qualifying group on electrical windchill II, confirmed the identity of the sample set.

 

1.3.8. All workers should be familiar with the requirements for receipt of safety instructions for occupations and types of work performed. Instructions shall be kept at each site in an accessible location.

A review of all work done by a person of technical supervision area at least twice a year, and for the workers employed in jobs with high risk – once every three months. Results of primary and repeated briefings are recorded in personal card or a special journal.

 

1.3.9. One visit to underground excavation person not on the construction of underground facilities allowed by permission of the object only when accompanied by a person of technical supervision and after a preliminary briefing.

 

 

 

1.4. ORGANIZATION institutional control

1.4.1. In every construction organization should be developed and approved by agreement with the union committee and Gosgortechnadzor Regulation on preventive work on labor protection, regulating the duties and rights in this area for all officials.

General and administrative organizations (corporations, associations, firms, etc.) shall maintain control and coordination of measures aimed at improving safety.

1.4.2. Guidance and technical officers are obliged to visit the job site to check the status of safety and take concrete measures to eliminate violations.

 

1.4.3. Foreman or on behalf of the Deputy (leading master) is obliged to check the status of each workplace at least once a day, mine foreman – at least two times per shift.

 

1.4.4. Every organization engaged in the construction of subways and tunnels shall be provided post mining safety engineer and equipped office but OSH.

In some cases, the responsibilities safety engineer may be imposed on persons having Montan education and work experience of not less than three years, appointed by the head of the enterprise.

 

1.4.5. Prescriptions workers exercising state supervision, departmental and public control of the security requirements are binding for all organizations involved in joint operations.

 

1.4.6. Manual labor protection and responsibility for her condition imposed on the head of the organization.

 

 

1.5. REQUIREMENTS workplaces and equipment

1.5.1. Every workplace should have a safe passage. Do not obstruct the jobs and approaches to them, as well as the movement of people and goods.

When carrying out work in avalanche areas and in areas with possible talus should be provided and implemented specific measures to protect against avalanches and rockfalls.

 

1.5.2. Workplace underground work should provide normal ventilation, lighting, warning about the accident, in a state that provides complete safety of workers, and before starting work inspected mine foreman or on his behalf – foreman (team leader).

 

1.5.3. All branch shall be equipped with lighted pointers direction to the surface.

 

1.5.4. Do not stand in the mines, the state of which is harmful to men, except for the removal of these hazards with additional remedies.

 

1.5.5. Mining, the state of which is a danger to people or works that are suspended, should be protected at all entrances to them hanging with the prohibitory sign.

 

1.5.6. Working at heights more than 1.3 m from the rock or working platform shall be made with sites equipped with railings and fences at impossibility device used safety belts, the attachment of which are specified in advance carbines.

By agreement with the regional bodies Gosgortechnadzor in some cases allowed the development of the face with rock ledge height of more than 1.3 m without fencing device when using safety belts.

 

1.5.7. Prohibited from performing any work simultaneously in two or more tiers on the same vertical as well as under operating equipment in the absence of an intermediate continuous protective flooring made in accordance with the project.

 

1.5.8. Used cars, machinery and equipment, as well as forests, bridges, decks, stairs, and other equipment must be in working order, comply with the relevant law and to ensure safe operation.

Machines, equipment and tools, forest inventory and cradles must have passports and identification numbers on which they are recorded in the logbook and maintenance checks.

 

1.5.9. In underground mines do not perform any work from ladders except for inspections, measurements, as well as urgent (emergency) work.

Permitted in the construction of utility tunnels use ladders to perform short-term work and operations.

 

1.5.10. Any change in the operating mode of the machine or mechanism (starting, running, stopping) can be done only after the applied signal. Value signals in the process of operation, should be explained to all persons involved in the operation of machines and mechanisms. The alarm should be entrusted with a particular person. Any understood the signal is considered to signal the driver to stop and executed immediately.

 

1.5.11. Before starting the movement of mining complex (shield stacker technology platform), drilling, tunneling regiments, formwork, other machinery and equipment, all employees, not associated with the implementation of this process should be removed from the zone of movement to a safe distance.

 

1.5.12. Do not leave unattended operating machinery except machinery with automatic and remote control.

 

1.5.13. When using mobile machines must be designed to prevent inadvertent movement.

After graduation and during work breaks all the machines and mechanisms should be put on guaranteeing their inability to start by unauthorized persons.

 

1.5.14. Do not stay in dangerous zone operating machinery.

 

1.5.15. Repair of machinery and equipment necessary to carry out within the timeframe established approved schedule regular preventive maintenance in accordance with the technical documentation.

 

1.5.16. All exposed moving parts of machinery (clutch, transmission, pulleys, etc.) must be protected.

 

1.5.17. Do not operate faulty machinery, as well as cleaning and lubrication during their work.

 

 

 

1.6. Procedures for investigating accidents and incidents

1.6.1. Investigation of accidents and accidents at controlled Gosgortechnadzor, should be in accordance with the Regulation on investigation and registration of occupational accidents and the Regulations on technical investigation of accidents, not entailing accidents controlled enterprises and facilities.

 

1.6.2. For each group, and deadly accidents and head of the organization must, in accordance with the current instructions to notify the local authority Gosgortechnadzor.

 

 

 

2. CONSTRUCTION SITE

2.1. The organization of the construction site shall ensure safety of workers and the passage of people at all stages of any type of work, both on the surface and underground conditions.

 

2.2. The construction site must be protected by a fence. Fencing adjacent to places of public passage of people, must be equipped with a continuous protective canopy.

 

2.3. Before the commencement of mining operations should be ensured adequate sanitary and domestic services.

 

2.4. Location of permanent and temporary roads, passages for people networks of energy and water, mechanized units, cranes, platforms for storage, sanitary and industrial premises, as well as other devices must fully comply with the general plan of construction or PIC.

 

2.5. The construction site should be designed and equipped with devices for removal of atmospheric and industrial water from the construction of underground structures.

In appropriate places must be posted inscriptions:

“ENTRY”, “exit”, “turn”, “PASS FOR PEOPLE”, as well as road signs, regulating the procedure and speed circuit and vehicular traffic.

Border hazardous areas should be further fencing and warning signs and labeling signals clearly visible both day and night time.

 

2.6. Walkways and driveways on the construction site must be free, not cluttered ground, equipment and building materials. They should be cleaned of dirt, snow, ice and suppress dust.

 

2.7. Temporary buildings and structures, workshops, copra, flyovers, machine and other facilities, as well as the size of the sanitary protection zones must comply with the sanitary and fire regulations.

 

2.8. Storage of materials and tunnel construction on the building site must be done in compliance with the requirements given in Annex 23.

Gaskets and lining must be placed in the same vertical plane. Their thickness shall be not less than the height of the protruding mounting tabs and fixings.

 

2.9. Placement of materials, structures and equipment at the construction site shall be determined taking into account the sequence of assembly and transport, dimensions and weight of products carrying capacity of crane equipment. Aisle width between piles shall not be less than 1 m

 

 

 

3. SUBWAY CONSTRUCTION AND UNDERGROUND

FACILITIES open way

3.1. Before starting work on the road construction technical oversight entity should be familiar with the location of facilities and communications municipal urban planning and order of the organization, appointed responsible for excavation work related to the depredations and relaying communications.

 

3.2. Manufacturing jobs in the area of ​​location of underground utilities (electric cables, communication cables, pipelines, etc.) is allowed only after obtaining a special permit (order) and written permission of organizations responsible for the operation of these communications, which are called representatives in place before beginning work.

Excavation pits to specify location of communications can only be done in the presence of representatives of the relevant operational organizations.

 

3.3. When approaching the work to the lines of existing underground utilities at a distance closer than 2 m by 1 m horizontally or vertically to use excavation equipment and jackhammers prohibited unless other regulations or the owner does not specify other sizes of the buffer zone. Excavation in these conditions permitted only hand tools.

 

3.4. In the field of movement of people and vehicles developed recess should be securely fenced, and the place of work, walkways and driveways – lit. On the fence must be installed warning labels and signs, and at night – signal lights.

When working on the roads and in other places where provided for vehicles must comply with applicable rules of the road.

 

3.5. To prevent shifts or collapse pits, trenches and other depressions developed in unstable soils, surveying service must be set daily and weekly visual tool monitoring of their boards, coving and lining with an entry in the log.

 

3.6. Procedure of excavation in the development of soil in trenches, pits width, steepness of slope, height shoulder width berms and method of fixing the boards should be established by the project. The draft should be made for the drainage of storm and flood waters to overflow grooves. The distance from the edge of the cut slope to the edge of the groove should be at least 3 m

 

3.7. Perform activities in pits and trenches developed with slopes (without fixing) undergoing hydration is allowed subject to the following precautions against collapse:

a) manufacturer’s overhaul works or master before the start of each shift state of the soil and its artificial caving in places where found “Visors” and cracks in brovok and on slopes;

b) temporary cessation of work in the recess before draining soil collapse in case of danger;

c) reducing the local steepness of slope in areas where the performance of work in the recess is urgent;

g) prohibit the movement of vehicles and machinery within the sliding wedge;

d) purifying the slopes of stones to prevent them from sliding into ditches and trenches.

For submission of materials to be used in the pit or hoists are equipped with special ramps. Place of filing and acceptance of the goods must be identified and protected.

 

3.8. When mechanized excavation in the pit installation excavator within the cavity and on the surface, as well as the sequence and order of seizure shall be defined in CPD.

 

3.9. Movement within the construction site excavator and mechanized units copra should be for temporary power and aligned coated surfaces with slopes not exceeding the established technical passport movable machine (installation).

 

3.10. Used excavating soil in vehicles must be done from the rear or side board. Awaiting loading the car must be outside the range of the bucket for loading and become only after enable signal excavator operator.

 

3.11. When designing the excavation is prohibited:

a) excavation pit board with sap. When using a shovel excavators face height should be limited to a maximum digging height of the excavator;

b) simultaneous execution at one site excavation other works within the zone defined BPD, but no closer than 5 m from the moving parts of earthmoving machinery;

c) the use of bulldozers on slopes with an angle greater than 30 ° and extension of the bulldozer blade for a curb cut slope.

 

3.12. For timely implementation of security measures and measures to ensure the safety of people on the job site should have the necessary emergency supply of materials, tools and accessories.

 

3.13. At the time, disconnect the power lines located at the work site. If operating conditions these pipelines can not be disabled, it is necessary, in consultation with the operating organization, reliably protect them from damage.

 

3.14. In case of deformation structures, paths, facilities, communications work must be stopped immediately, the people removed from the danger zone, urgently warned the organization which is run by a deformable structure, and exhibited alarms.

Resuming possible only as directed by the responsible person of technical supervision.

 

3.15. Installation of temporary lining pits and trenches must be done in accordance with the method statement and maps.

 

3.16. Build, move, turn and demolition copra for piling work must be carried out under the supervision of a person of technical supervision, while around the installation site (displacement) of copra should be designated a danger zone radius of 5 m over the height of the mast. In the danger zone when working copra all other work should be stopped, and the people not associated with the work of copra, removed beyond this zone.

 

3.17. Lifting and installation of piles (rebates) in the presence of inhabited buildings in the danger zone shall be permitted to implement additional security measures provided for repairing and performing lifting operations using the hoisting rope copra and second belay, rope and a winch.

 

3.18. When carrying out the method of “slurry wall” moving along the trench excavator should be planned on having a solid surface (asphalt, concrete, road plates) site with a slope of not more than 2 °. Level mud should not be less than 0.5 m from the edge of the trench.

 

3.19. With the development of the trench for the “wall in the ground” it must be done on both sides of the fence or overlap. For people pass through the trench bridges shall be equipped with a minimum width of 1 m and fenced on two sides railing height of not less than 1.2 m

Descent into the excavation and installation (installation) temporary roof support elements must be made using lifting devices, wherein:

a) in the pit and on the adjacent construction site on the descent, lift and install the shootings in the danger zone is not permitted the presence of persons who are not related to this operation;

b) prohibits the circulation on executions or finding people on them. When installing the wedges should be used suspended cradles or scaffolding.

 

3.20. The rope may be weakened or rasstroplen of installed lining element or other shipping only at steady load or final fixing it in place.

 

3.21. When applying for a temporary roof bolting attachment:

a) prohibited: build screw rod to a complete stop or shaft rotator feeder jumbo, use drill rod having cracks or tears; shovel drill cuttings during drilling from the wellhead, or clear the bar, to drill without installing fingers fixing drill rods;

b) by pulling the cylinder body anchors must be fastened to the longitudinal belt lining;

c) finding a forbidden people closer than 10 meters in the direction of the anchor axis, and not less than
2 m on both sides of the tensioner;

d) inspection of roof bolting excavation should be made chief of the site at least once every three months, with record results in the “Book of the lining inspection” (Appendix 11).

 

3.22. Prohibited warehousing and storage of materials and equipment at congresses and descents into pits or executions lining, as well as closer than 2 m from the edge of the excavation or trench.

 

3.23. Additional checking the temporary lining and brovok (pits and trenches) must be done with seasonal changes in temperature, as well as after the storm and during heavy rains.

Inspection results must be recorded in the lining “Book lining inspection.”

 

3.24. Descent (ascent) of people in the pit to a depth of 25 m are allowed on specially equipped for this purpose ladders having rest areas not less than 10 m In the absence of Congresses ladders should be installed along the length of the pit not less than 40 m, and at a lower the length of the recess must be arranged at least two ladder outcrops, distant from each other to the maximum distance.

In the trenches and pits to a depth of 5 m for lowering and lifting people allowed to use portable ladders, securely attached to the temporary lining.

 

3.25. In developing pits using shields open dimensions of the working chamber to display the shield on the road, the order of development and face mount device supporting wall and base laying rails, etc. are determined by SPR.

 

3.26. When tunneling with depth of emplacement exceeding height shield throughout its length must be installed metal security section protruding above the ground not less than 15 cm

 

3.27. Requirements of paragraphs 3.1 – 3.26 apply only to the construction of underground transport facilities open way.

 

3.28. During the construction of municipal and industrial underground facilities open pit (underground parts of pumping stations, reservoirs, tunnels for various purposes, garages, storage facilities, cultural and other purposes) should be guided by the requirements of the SNP “Safety in Construction” and projects of the work.

 

 

4. SUBWAY CONSTRUCTION AND UNDERGROUND

STRUCTURES closed method

 

4.1. OPENINGS AND FITTING

4.1.1. Before any work on the sinking of the underground workings, all persons of technical supervision and workers should be aware of a receipt with the geological and hydrogeological conditions of the site, as well as with the location of existing and abandoned underground structures and utilities in the zone of operations.

 

4.1.2. Methods of penetration and attachment area of ​​underground workings and outcrop section parameters must be defined in the projects on the basis of the stability of rocks, hydrogeological and other conditions of construction.

 

4.1.3. Fixing all underground workings should be in accordance with the approved projects and passports temporary fastening. Passport shall be made in accordance with the Regulations on the certificates of temporary fastening mining (Appendix 2) and approved by the head or chief engineer organization.

Workers and those technical supervision before beginning work must be familiar with the projects and securing passports under the painting.

With deteriorating geological conditions and industrial holding production should be suspended pending a review of the passport.

Mining operations without an approved passport temporary fastening or the breach is prohibited.

Passport should eliminate the need for mounting relocation of components when installing a temporary roof support tubing or blocks slotted rings. Do not remove the element of time lining up to secure the tubing and blocks lining the bottom hole.

 

4.1.4. All coupling and mouth openings shall be secured regardless of the stability of rocks.

Section length fastening set project.

 

4.1.5. The mouth of the vertical and inclined shafts, pits and tunnels should be located and equipped so as to prevent the penetration of surface water in the mine workings. Upon the redemption of these generation must be separated from water surface.

 

4.1.6. In a highly unstable rocks (loose, loose or quicksand) and unstable rocks (requiring maintenance of the array directly behind the groove rock) excavation workings must be made using special techniques or mechanized tunnel complexes (shields).

 

4.1.7. Develop rock solid when driving workings slaughter or ledges should be done in all cases, since the upper part of the face. This rule does not apply to the slaughter, developed using mechanized complexes.

 

4.1.8. The magnitude of the backlog lining (permanent support) from the bottom of excavation shall be installed by the project. In this plot develop between slaughter and lining must be secured or protected by temporary fencing bolting-supporting structures of mobile heading machines.

In weak and unstable rocks lining the lag time of slaughter is not allowed.

 

4.1.9. Disclosure tunnel full lining and installation of slotted rings during installation shall be supervised by a person with technical supervision mandatory installation of temporary supports. Section length for mounting slotted rings is determined based on geological conditions.

 

4.1.10. In the development of unstable rock face on a full installation of slotted rings on stope should be no longer than one team lining rings. Under these conditions blasting prohibited.

 

4.1.11. Production, under construction continuous slaughter, should be developed with the use of mobile metal scaffolding, suspended scaffolding, drilling rigs or other special tunneling equipment, providing convenience and safety production work in the mine.

 

4.1.12 Cross-sectional dimensions of developments in light lining should provide the ability to save free passes and clearances given of laid communications.

 

4.1.13. When blasting subcontractor passport blasting must be approved by the chief engineer of a general contractor in agreement with the technical manager of subcontractor.

 

4.1.14. Before starting work under the supervision of a person technical supervision must be restored lining destroyed in the explosion and, under the guise of a temporary roof support or safe places with special Oborniki frill made of peeled pieces of rock (“stabbing”) from the surface of the face, roof and sides develop.

 

4.1.15. For inspection and frills rock faces in the workings of a height greater than 4 m shall apply sliding scaffolding and self-propelled units, to ensure the safe production of such works.

Persons not involved frill, it is prohibited to the dangerous area closer than 10 m

 

4.1.16. Shoring generation must be carefully proppant to its contour, the voids between the bolting and surface generation must be carefully zabucheny. Prohibited zabuchivat tree cavities or other flammable materials and post items for lining of temporary wooden roof supports, except in cases envisaged by the project.

 

4.1.17. If cracks in the lining of shafts and tunnels should be established systematic observation of them surveying service construction. The results of observations are recorded in the “Book of the lining inspection and condition workings.”

 

4.1.18. Geological Survey of construction or design organization shall monitor the geological structure of the soil (rock) and the state faces.

Said work shall be performed in accordance with instructions on engineering-geological surveys for the design and construction of subways, mountain railway and road tunnels.

Allowed to carry out geotechnical construction services by engineering, surveying services, construction company in simple hydrogeological conditions, unless construction of underwater tunnels, as well as communal deep tunnels traversed by densely built areas.

 

4.1.19. In areas of geological faults, possible breakthroughs in the areas of water or near surface and underground structures and utilities excavation workings must be performed in compliance with the additional security measures for dangerous conditions in accordance with these Rules.

 

4.1.20. Drifting mines for at least 15 m before and after the construction of places of impermeable protective structures should be done without the use of blasting. Allowed to perform blasting in hard rock on a special project, comprising the necessary measures against the increase of fracture the surrounding rock.

 

4.1.21. Work on continuous drifting debris and perekrepleniyu mining must be performed by a specially developed project approved by the chief engineer of the organization.

When perekreplenii generation do not remove more than two frames simultaneously without installing grabs at RAMS mount or remove the nuts and grabs more than two transverse rows of anchors when anchored. New lining located near removed, should be strengthened.

These procedures must be performed under the supervision of experienced workers face technical supervision.

 

4.1.22. Excavation excavation pit bottom should begin after the trunk lining erection equipment and its kletevym (skip) lift. Allowed penetration crosscuts from the trunk using badevogo rise to a length not exceeding 20 m

Excavation utility tunnels on all their length can be performed using badevogo recovery.

 

4.1.23. Inset generation of horizontal predportalnoy recesses into the portal slope must be secured and protected so as to prevent the fall of pieces of rock from the slopes.

 

4.1.24. If signs of deformation or contour lining workings necessary to put additional strengthened lining (intermediate frames, tiebacks, poles, struts, sleepers, anchors). At the same time to remove the deformed or broken frames wooden lining or metal arches should be erected near, proppant and embroidered with new frames or arches.

 

4.1.25. Ducts, pipes compressed air, dewatering pipes, cables or other arrangement in developments should be located so that they do not obstruct the movement of rolling stock, the movement of materials, equipment and movement of people.

 

4.1.26. Shafts and other vertical ladder generation should have compartments for the passage of people. Ladders should be set at an angle of 80 °. Production over the mouth and over every regiment they should extend 1 m or above the opening in the lining of the regiment must be firmly embedded metal braces. The inner side of the clamp should be spaced from bolting to a distance of not less than 4 cm, the distance between the brackets should not exceed 0.4 m, and the width of the bracket of at least 0.4 m

Installation of stairs must allow free movement of rescue crews in respirators and satisfy the following conditions:

a) dimensions manholes along the length of the ladder must be not less than 0.7 m, width – not less than 0.6 m;

b) the distance from the base of the stairs to the trunk lining or cladding department ladder – not less than 0.6 m;

c) The distance between the shelves – not more than 8 m;

g) Stairs shall be strong, every 2 m stitched with metal buckles, steadily secured and positioned so that they are above the openings (access doors) in the shelves.

Width of the stairs shall be not less than 0.4 m, and the distance between the steps – no more than 0,4 m above the first hole upper stairs should be closed solid lyadoy. Office for the passage of people must be securely fenced off the entire length of the other departments. Each staircase should be covered. Ladders must be kept in good condition, step – cleaned of dirt and ice.

For the period of the output shaft sinking department ladder to the surface to be fitted with a safety booth.

 

4.1.27. If the main exit from the underground workings is sloping tunnel and its finite difference marks exceeds 60 m, then it must be equipped with a manual delivery people.

Also, exit of people should be provided free passage width of at least 0.7 m at 1.8 m height, all over which is constructed at angles of tilt:

7 ° to 15 ° – the railing;

from 15 ° to 30 ° – ladders and railings;

from 30 ° to 45 ° – stairs with horizontal solid steps and railings;

45 ° or more – way office, equipped similarly vertical separation of steps workings.

 

4.1.28. All revolting generation, except for the sole descent breed should be equipped offices for the passage of people.

 

4.1.29. Completed mine workings should be kept clean and in good repair.

 

4.1.30. In case of changing conditions of a possible accident or emergency rations should be provided materials.

List of emergency stock of materials, tools, equipment and their storage organization approved by the chief engineer.

Do not use the emergency reserve for the current job.

 

4.1.31. Everyone working in the mines, passable without fixing the duration of the blasting in adjacent mines, located less than 50 meters shall be displayed in advance to a safe place.

 

4.1.32. During excavations counter or come slaughter without blasting operations, as well as the approach to the previously passed workings, since the distance between them less than half the diameter (height) of the generation, evaluation activities must be carried out in compliance with the additional security measures on a single agreed schedule approved by the principal engineers organizations leading this work.

When this distance is reduced to a value of height slaughtering operation should be conducted only by one of the workings.

 

 

 

4.2. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UNDERGROUND

And fastening inclined workings

4.2.1. All inclined generation equipped rail transport should have compartments for the passage of people. They must be located above the most protruding parts of the rolling stock.

If you can not locate the passage at height equipment allowed the passage below, provided the auxiliary fence it from the cargo compartment of the project.

When descending the sloping rocks develop under its own weight of human passage should be protected solid sheathing.

 

4.2.2. In driving, or repair uglubke inclined generation working in the mine must be protected against the danger of a cliff on top of trolleys and other objects fall at least two strong barriers whose designs approved by the chief engineer of the organization. One of the barriers to be installed at the mouth of production, the other – less than 20 meters from the place of work.

 

4.2.3. Inputs to produce sloping must be fenced to a height of not less than 1 m and a non-working sides – a minimum height of 2.5 m

 

4.2.4. Rail tracks at the face must be equipped with inhibitory stoppers.

 

4.2.5. By injecting a solution for the lining should be fitted with alarm between slaughter and supercharger solution.

 

4.2.6. During production inclined to breed with the descent and to the underlying horizon traversed a pass (well) in the PPR should include measures to avoid falling into a walker working (well).

 

4.2.7. Brackets, which moves Stacker lining should be inspected every shift face technical supervision. Replacement of defective brackets should be carried out using mechanical means in the presence of the driver handler.

 

 

 

4.3. Sinking vertical OPENINGS

 

4.3.1. Vertical shaft sinking and underground workings with consistent development of the breed in the mine and the erection of the lining near the wellbore may be performed in stable rocks. With the expected influx of water of more than 10 m ³ / hour should include measures to reduce water production.

 

4.3.2. In driving around the mouth of the trunk should be left berm width of not less than 1 m, and lining the trunk above the level planned surface of not less than 0.5 m Mouth trunk must be overridden by a strong solid design and is equipped with opening lyadami. Overlap and berm must be kept clean.

Shaft sinking at a depth of 20 m using as a means of lifting boom, of ball, tower cranes and hoist 8 flyovers permitted production works without overlapping the mouth of the barrel with the device solid and durable fencing with a minimum height of 1.5 m around the perimeter of the trunk.

 

4.3.3. For the period prior to installation copra, overlap and mounting device of the tunnel mouth Regiment trunk must be enclosed by a secure fence with a minimum height of 1.2 m

For the passage of people should be arranged door.

 

4.3.4. After mounting all mobile (sinking and safety), hanging shelves and floors trunk should be taken into service commission appointed chief engineer of the organization.

 

4.3.5. In driving the trunk should be provided protection from possible falling objects are prohibited:

a) simultaneously perform work at different height levels in the absence of safety regiments set no higher than 2.5 m from the working shelf;

b) stored breed, equipment and materials on the ceiling of the mouth and within the enclosure, as well as hanging shelves;

c) to deliver on jobs tools, fasteners, etc. without the use of specially designed for this purpose containers, boxes, etc.;

g) analyze safety shelves before the end of crosscuts pit bottom and driving workings of at least 5 m

 

4.3.6. Location workers in the mine during the construction of the lining should be protected from drip drainage devices.

 

4.3.7. When cleaning the rocks at the bottom of the barrel pneumatic grabs forbidden: to use grapple diversion, located near the tub when it is loaded, to inspect or repair the grapple in the presence of compressed air in his pnevmokommunikatsiyah and release pieces of rock from beneath the blades grab hands.

 

4.3.8. When tunneling barrel with dropping rocks down the development of advanced (furnel, porodospusk) the latter must have a strong fence, excluding people fall in production. When installing the fence after the explosion workers should use safety belts securely fastened.

 

4.3.9. Sinking shafts using mobile lifting cranes and installations must be carried out in compliance with the additional security measures:

a) placement of lifting machines at the mouth should be defined in PCF with the completeness review of the working area and room for maneuver;

b) between the lifting machine machinist and bugler at the mouth must be installed reliable direct visual or light and sound bilateral relationship;

c) prior to lifting (lowering) of the cargo people who are at the bottom, should be displayed in a specially allocated a safe place.

 

4.3.10. Do not allow people in the barrel when cleaning rocks at the bottom using a crane equipped with a clamshell, as well as finding people at the bottom of the remote control when loading mechanisms sinking aggregates sites and regiments.

 

4.3.11. In case of simultaneous execution of works in the mine and with false shelf should be provided with an isolated alarm every place of work.

 

4.3.12. Mountings pipeline (between themselves and to the lining), a method of descent and slinging schemes should be determined on the shaft sinking project.

 

4.3.13. Technological equipment trunks utility tunnels shall be in accordance with the design of works, approved by the chief engineer of the company.

 

 

4.4. Additional requirements for shaft sinking

Ahead MOUNT (ANCHORS AND standpipe crepes)

 

4.4.1. Work on installing and removing templates, vibrators and vibromolotov, assembly and dive zabivnoj standpipe or lining should be carried out under the supervision of a person of technical supervision. Thus:

a) harvesting of the tongue should be made with durable and sustainable scaffolding and installation of standpipe lining – with false shelf, fastened by clips mounted on the ring lining;

b) during a dive of a driven vibrator lining must be firmly fixed on the tongue;

c) do not perform tongue dive using vibrators without guide frames, and tighten the wedge bolts helmet during vibromolota or vibrator;

g) before turning on the vibrator workers should go to the opposite side of the face, and when submerged standpipe lining – in the center or in a secure portion of the face. When forced lowering lining in the project must be additional security measures, including the withdrawal of working the surface.

 

4.4.2. Sinking shafts standpipe bolting allowed in the absence of the prism within the collapse of buildings and structures, or on a special project.

When a driven shaft sinking and standpipe bolting should be organized systematically surveying monitoring of the lining, as well as a draft of the surface. These observations and measurements shall be recorded in the journal of mine surveying. When the sediment surface around the mouth, at the buildings, cracks and deformation of the lining, to continue further development of rock at the bottom of the barrel is prohibited.

 

4.4.3. To dive lining permitted to start only after filling the gap between the thixotropic solution supporting collar and segmental lining of. The solution level should be 2 m above the base of the support collar.

 

4.4.4. Nailing tongue and lining dive standpipe should be initiated at the level provided for the project.

 

4.4.5. Shaft sinking in the area watered unstable rocks, including prone to slipping and quicksands, hydraulically CANTLEDGE slaughter must be carried out with the following requirements:

a) The level of water in the barrel to exceed the benchmark pressure aquifer quicksand of not less than 1 m;

b) immersion lining standpipe must be at least the development of mechanized slaughter carried out evenly from the center to the sides of the barrel leaving the perimeter berm with a minimum width of 0.5 m along the lining of the knife;

c) advancing knife standpipe lining plane face at least 1 m

In exceptional cases, when you stop dipping lining due to significant increase in the resistance of rocks allowed the development of part of the berm and slaughtering knife standpipe below banquettes lining, while maintaining the level of a thixotropic solution and preparedness for emergency flooding trunk. Pumping water from the bottom after crossing allowed to produce unstable rocks and sinking knife standpipe bolting resistant impermeable rock formation at a depth of not less than 2 m

 

4.4.6. Shaft sinking in stable impermeable rocks (clay, silt) in the area immediately after crossing the water-saturated rocks unstable, prone to slipping, stope should be done to a depth of no more than one ring to the abandonment of the berm at the ends of the tongue or lining knife standpipe with a minimum width of 0.75 m .

In anticipation of these conditions allowed the development face of not more than 0.5 m from the edge of the blade.

 

4.4.7. In driving the barrel in hard rocks at the site of the first five rings after crossing the aquifer development slaughter must be carried to a depth of not more than one ring and carefully swabbed the fixing space.

 

4.4.8. Injection of cement-sand mortar lining for the areas traversed in stable rocks, should be done from the bottom up after lowering lining.

Control of filling voids for bolting standpipe must be through hole injection or through a specially drilled hole.

 

 

 

4.5. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UNDERGROUND

And fastening the rebels OPENINGS

 

4.5.1. On site facilities furneli in CPD should be provided for broadening the lower gallery by the ladder compartment for safe movement of people. Passage for people in this place with a minimum width of 0.7 m shall be securely fenced off from the ways of the solid plank partition the entire height of the gallery.

 

4.5.2. Resection of the lower gallery furneli should be done with scaffolding inventory or shelf, designed for the maximum possible load, including pieces from falling rocks. Breed a regiment or scaffolding should be removed promptly.

During the descent and ascent of rock materials in pipes is not permitted otshivat ladder compartment. In this transitional shelves can be fitted on the entire section furneli passable.

 

4.5.3. In driving that rise developments:

 

a) are not permitted in furneli people and pairing it with the lower galleries while picking rocks at the bottom, but at the time pass rolling furneli work should be suspended;

b) should be arranged signaling between slaughter and lower galleries;

c) in layered alternating rocks and aquifers, as well as the approach to the horizons of occurrence of such species should be carried out advanced drilling wells of at least 5 m with constant intelligence ahead of slaughter production of not less than 2 m;

g) frill rock at the bottom of the ladder should be done under the protection department furneli drawer precautionary umbrella (visor).

 

4.5.4. All furneli but intended only for the descent breed must have Office for the passage of people, the size of which shall not be less than 1×0, 6 pm

 

4.5.5. Cargo compartment bypass breed should be closed grohotnymi grilles with mesh size 0,3 x0, 3 m

Porodospusknye department furneley (porodospuski) must also be equipped with gates or sector type of gate on the lower adit.

 

4.5.6. Approaches to porodospusku should be protected. Do not allow people to breed under porodospuskom.

Eliminate hangs breed in porodospuske must be performed by specially trained personnel.

 

 

 

4.6. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DISCLOSURE

PROFILE OUTPUT BY PARTS

4.6.1.Sposoby profile development and construction of the lining should be established on the basis of the design organization of research and study engineering-geological conditions of the tunnel location.

 

4.6.2. Crosscuts the upper galleries of furneli development calotte may only after penetration furneli to the design level.

 

4.6.3. Height of the upper galleries should be such that under the wheels set for vaulting lining remained passage height of not less than 1.8 m

 

4.6.4. Length should be determined culotte project indicated in the passport and attachment should not exceed 6.5 m in sinking way simply supported arch and 4 m – way supporting kernel.

 

4.6.5. In rings adjacent to the concreted vault disclosure culotte allowed when the concrete strength of not less than 60% of the project.

 

4.6.6. Development of secondary Strauss when driving way simply supported arch should begin after the concrete vault in the design strength. Allowed to start developing when the concrete at least 75% of the design strength in stable rocks. In developing the average Strauss at toe arch should be left berm width which must be installed and the project specified in the passport fixing.

 

4.6.7. The mouth of the wells developed in Strauss, in summing up the walls of a ready set, should be protected.

 

4.6.8. Strauss development side when driving way simply supported arch in unstable rocks and below the base of Strauss should be performed with the use of bolting.

Development side Strauss must begin after the concrete in the arch of at least 60% of the design strength and should be carried out under the stope side walls of the tunnel leaving pillars.

Prohibited to develop concrete pillars to reach the walls of the design strength.

 

 

4.6.9. It is forbidden to give a bias rail tracks, laid on a suspended flooring (overpass), and finding people is not permitted under this flooring while driving vehicles on rails.

 

4.6.10. When conducting penetration ledges and shoulder height of 4 m scarp slope angle to the horizon defined by the project.

 

4.6.11. For communication between the benches should be installed stairs with a slope of not more than 70 °, fitted with guards bilateral rails with a minimum height of 1.2 m with an intermediate board.

4.7. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UNDERGROUND OPENINGS

In frozen or chemical grouting

4.7.1. Production work on underground development after soil freezing is permitted only after the formation of a closed loop design frozen thickness and achieve project provided the soil temperature. Work must be performed in accordance with the draft of the work.

 

4.7.2. Work on underground development can be started after the signing of the Executive committee of the representatives of the freeze, the project organization, the general contractor, the customer and the representative body Gosgortechnadzor.

 

4.7.3. For blasting operations in the passport of blasting shall be provided special precautions in order to prevent destruction and freezing columns ldogruntovogo screen.

 

4.7.4. When tunneling mining should be organized systematically control the frozen rocks. When the wet spots, local darkening of frozen soil at the bottom, as well as increasing the temperature of rocks in monitoring wells should be developed further measures to ensure the safety of operations.

 

4.7.5. Condition slaughter quality soil freezing, the presence of exposed frozen columns showing their positions on the stationing in plan and profile, the state segmental lining, etc. should be recorded every shift mine foreman in a special journal.

 

4.7.6. When the water in the trunk or the contour of production conducted on frozen rocks work, except for repair must be stopped before the freezing or further development of the project, ensuring the safe conduct of work.

 

4.7.7. Prohibited excavation excavations in frozen ground with a lag of temporary fastening from front face. Lagging permanent support from the bottom should be determined by the project. In plastic soils (clay, marl), prone to swelling, excavation workings small stope should be conducted not more than 2 m, which are to be fixed immediately.

 

4.7.8. Temporary supports should be installed so that you can monitor the status of frozen soils.

 

4.7.9. By sinking workings in chemical grouting allowed to start only after all preparatory work and acceptance by the Commission under the guidance of chief engineer of the organization performing the work to consolidate the soil, under the act, which must be accompanied by:

a) Plans and profiles fixed array with the designation location injectors;

b) an extract from the log pile injectors and injection solutions and mixtures;

c) The laboratory test data source chemical materials;

g) acts fixed ground control tests;

d) data for speed and groundwater levels in piezometers:

e) observations of foundations.

 

4.7.10. Water seepage through the lining as the thawing of frozen rocks must be repaired immediately by caulking joints of tubing or plugging space for bolting.

 

 

 

4.8. Drilling holes and boreholes in underground mines

4.8.1. Before drilling holes and wells slaughter workings should be carefully examined by a person of technical supervision and brought to a safe state.

 

4.8.2. Drilling holes shall be in accordance with the passport blasting, chief engineer approved organization.

With a passport blasting should be instructed on receipt mountain master, sinker, miners and Blasters working directly in the face.

 

4.8.3. Visual layout of holes with their depth and magnitude of the charges shall be displayed in the design, carried out where blasting.

 

4.8.4. Drilling holes and wells located at a height of more than 1.3 m from the base of the face, without any special support devices or scaffolding inventory prohibited.

 

4.8.5. Drilling holes with the blasted rock is only permitted if the device aligned horizontal platform that provides location workplace driller no closer than 2 m to the border inclines.

Make loading rocks within the danger zone, as defined in PPR while drilling is prohibited.

 

4.8.6. Length borer for drilling hand punches should not exceed
0.8 m, and the drilling hand electric drill – 1 m

 

4.8.7. Extract from holes jammed Boers may only be using the drill key or tool.

 

4.8.8. Connect the air hoses between them must be carried out with the help of bilateral nipple and hose with perforator – using conical nipple, union nut and nipple.

Securing the hose on the nipple should be metal clamps bolt or using a special device.

 

4.8.9. Mobile scaffolding platforms and drilling frames should have a strong solid floor, curbs a minimum height of 15 cm and a robust metal enclosure with an intermediate horizontal member with a minimum height of 1 m hatches entrance with stairs to the site should be protected on three sides.

Running on the lower tiers rigs must be protected from the top pull platforms and aprons.

 

4.8.10. Before drilling holes or wells lower ledge near the edge downward blown slaughter should be set a sturdy fence, located on the edge of the slope at a distance of not less than 0.5 m

 

4.8.11. Retractable platform (platform) drilling frames should have limiters nomination, as well as devices to prevent them from falling.

Are not permitted on the site at the same time more than two people.

 

4.8.12. Before you start installing the driver must make sure that the its main components: the chassis, drilling equipment, drive motors, control systems, connections and air-water-supply hose, hydraulic, mounting sled arrows (manipulators).

Any faults must be removed before the start of work.

 

4.8.13. Technical condition of the installation must be checked according to the instructions, but not less than the following dates:

- Machinist – before starting work, every shift;

- Mechanic area – weekly;

- Chief mechanic organization – monthly.

 

4.8.14. During operation, the drilling rig, when you change the Boers, crowns, making repairs to be prohibited under the raised arrows (devices) and automatic feeders, as well as near the wellbore.

 

4.8.15. Movement of the drilling rig from one face to another is allowed only in the transport position.

 

 

 

 

4.9. CLEANING OF BREED

4.9.1. Service (towing) muck loaders, excavators and others on the workings must be made on a rigid coupling.

 

4.9.2. By the simultaneous operation of two in the bottom muck machines machinists prohibited manage with sites located by mezhduputya.

 

4.9.3. Distance haulage loaded trolleys near the wellbore through muck cars should not exceed 25 m and is limited to the technological complex stacker or shield.

Coupling and uncoupling of trolleys with the machine during operation and traffic is prohibited.

 

4.9.4. Loading vehicles (wagons, dump trucks, etc.) must be carried out so as to prevent the loss of pieces of rock in their motion.

 

4.9.5. In tunneling and development of cameras with horizontal ledges and rock excavation loading height after the collapse of the rock explosion, do not exceed the height of the excavator digging.

The procedure and conditions of continuous loading machine and machine bucket defined by the project. At a height of up to 4 m collapse loading machine continuous can be performed without additional descent slopes.

 

4.9.6. In refining the part of the tunnel with a tray loading rocks into the bucket loading machine manually at the end of track must be installed removable stops.

 

4.9.7. The gaps between the upper roller excavator and outermost tail excavator body and contour generation should not be less than 0.4 m

 

4.9.8. Upon completion of works driver loading machine (excavator) must take the car to a safe place, lower down until it stops loading authorities shut down the machine and the power cable.

When you stop the conveyor or conveyor mucker-loader unloading his part must be cleared of overhanging pieces of rock.

 

 

 

4.10. Construction of the tunnel with the team lining

USING tunnel complexes

4.10.1. Breed and accumulate in cells of wrought materials, near fences, in the aisles, on sliding platforms and sites handlers lining prohibited.

 

4.10.2. Decks on billboards and pavers should be equipped boards and have a robust metal enclosure.

 

4.10.3. Before starting the movement with non-mechanized shield downhole hydraulic cylinders should be removed wooden struts to prevent the weakening of cylinders in the case of a pressure drop in the hydraulic network.

After movement shield spacers should be repaired immediately.

 

4.10.4. When moving the tunnel shield or stacker is prohibited:

a) to perform work in the absence of technical oversight entity, or when in the bottom of persons not related to this work;

b) removing boulders and other solids from the bottom zone in the panel;

c) used to increase the stroke cylinders shield improvised devices, be within the shield cylinders.

 

4.10.5. Cylinders and control panel must move the driver board.

Control of hydraulic cylinders and the process of advancing the tunnel shield is carried out in the presence of the shield machinist foreman or team leader.

 

4.10.6. Support team handlers lining, traveling on the pan of the tunnel, rail tracks and brackets should be inspected every shift face technical supervision and detection of defects immediately corrected or replaced. Brackets and rail route which move handlers must be installed with the use of mechanization in the presence of persons of technical supervision or driver board (stacker).

 

4.10.7. Before moving the stacker team lining must be removed all supporting beams lining.

 

4.10.8. When tunneling in unstable ground shields equipped dissecting horizontal platforms, in the case of a sharp decrease in the angle of repose for dissecting work sites should be stopped immediately to take measures against the excessive release of soil.

 

4.10.9. Break up large boulders and retrieve them from the soil mass should be protected by secure attachment chaired by a technical oversight.

 

4.10.10. When working mechanized shield should provide special arrangements for suppressing or collect dust, reducing its content in the bottom zone to the levels of sanitation.

Dust suppression or dust removal devices shall be activated to start working body shield.

Continuous operation of mechanized shield without using special devices to suppress or trap dust while providing means of ventilation in the bottom zone of dust concentration in the air is not above the maximum allowable limits.

 

4.10.11. Workplace driver mechanized shield must be equipped with light and sound alarms connected with all the mechanisms of technological complex.

4.10.12. Engines working body shield can be activated only after the driver personally verify the absence of people in the mine, as well as the dam breed residues lining or any other items.

 

4.10.13. When viewed from the face, shield repair and drives all engines must be off, and the remote control must be posted poster “DO NOT INCLUDE – working people”.

 

4.10.14. Driver board is obliged to turn off the engine drive and shield complex in case of emergency, at the request of any member of the team working on a mechanized complex.

 

4.10.15. When mechanized shield stops for more than changing slaughter must be fixed.

When you stop the mechanized shield for more than changing slaughter must be fixed in accordance with the requirements of the CPD.

 

4.10.16. Work done in front of a working body shield (ground-fall liquidation, temporary lining, etc.) must be performed under the direct supervision of a person of technical supervision.

 

 

 

4.11. CONSTRUCTION OF UNDERGROUND OPENINGS IN PARTICULARLY

DANGEROUS geological conditions

4.11.1. Construction of tunnels and underground structures in particularly hazardous geological conditions (in zones of tectonic faults, possible water breakthrough, quicksands, gas emissions, etc.), as well as under the beds of rivers and ponds should be done on a special project, which should be determined by the boundary possible sudden breakthrough in the production of water, silt and gases, as well as measures for their prevention and elimination.

When approaching faces of underground workings to areas particularly dangerous conditions in emergency response plans should include measures to save lives and eliminate the consequences of potential accidents using special devices and protective structures.

During the construction of utility tunnels in particularly difficult geological conditions of the above work is done in accordance with the project design and construction organization of works subject to these conditions and in agreement with the Russian authorities Gosgortechnadzor.

 

4.11.2. Construction of underwater tunnels permitted only under special safety devices against flooding or filling primer finished portion of the tunnel, as well as output devices for people from the emergency zone.

 

4.11.3. In the construction of a tunnel under compressed air are required to use safety rules when carrying out works under compressed air (caisson work).

 

4.11.4. In the construction of an undersea tunnel without the use of compressed air at a certain distance behind the project necessarily shield device jumper with open doors through which are transported in the lower tier of rock and materials, and the top – are people. In case of breaking water and soil doors this jumper should be closed at the same time and hold an emergency zone from the rest of the tunnel.

In the construction of utility tunnels with a diameter less than 5.6 m equipped with a watertight bulkhead door for transporting goods and people pass.

 

4.11.5. Excavation excavations in areas of geological faults (tectonic faults, changes, discharges, lenses, etc.), as well as breakthroughs in the areas of possible water or near the ground or underground structures and communications must be conducted on a special project with the following requirements:

a) before the commencement of work should be clarified passports and projects with the necessary calculations bearing ability of lining and values ​​ahead or behind it from the bottom;

b) enhanced monitoring of the geological structure of rocks, state attachment surface deformation and structures, provided every shift allowance of water inflow and advance well drilling to a depth defined project with a constant slaughter ahead of not less than 5 m;

c) constructed walkways and decks at the top of the workings of a large section or suspended from ropes (arranged railing) into the workings of small cross-section of people for emergency exit;

g) arranged waterproof arch perimeter workings and safety waterproof jumper (hydraulic locks) in them;

d) when driving with blasting operations, all persons in the areas of possible water breakthrough at the time of blasting and bottom ventilation should be withdrawn beyond erected in the workings of impermeable arches and water seal.

The number of control and monitoring wells, the diameter, length and direction, design and placement hydraulic locks, as well as devices for self-rescue people in case of flooding should be provided in projects approved by the chief engineer of construction management. Drilling wells must be obtained through the leveling or column locking device protivovybrosnye. Thus, if the slaughter is below the static groundwater level, should be provided safety pillar.

Excavation of tunnels in communal areas of geological faults is conducted in accordance with the requirements of PIC and PPR.

 

4.11.6. Boreholes crossing aquifers should be zatamponirovany after their need.

 

4.11.7. Organization producing drilling is obliged to reflect on the topographical plans and directories coordinate location mouths, faces and intersections workings all boreholes. One copy of the geological report to be stored in construction management (Production Association), which is obliged to inform the offices all related exploration data. Upon the redemption of boreholes necessarily plugging them, eliminating the possibility of penetration of surface and groundwater in mining.

 

4.11.8. In a shift, discharges, in zones of tectonic faults, as well as increasing the degree of rock fracturing should be taken additional security measures: reducing the length of the stope, the increase in the carrying capacity of temporary lining, construction of permanent lining with no lag from the face.

 

4.11.9. When mining operations in the arrays are prone to rock bursts, work must be performed in accordance with the current instructions for the safe conduct of mining operations on metallic and nonmetallic deposits prone rock bumps approved Gostgortechnadzor.

 

4.11.10. During the construction of tunnels in permafrost temperature regime should be observed in the workings of the rocks, and should also take into account seasonal fluctuations in air temperature when the mining priportalnyh on construction sites.

Excavation workings in these circumstances must be made using temporary lining with minimal lag or permanent support lining.

Allowed on the workings of the project without temporary support in the rocks, stability does not decrease during thawing, at the conclusion of this geological expertise.

 

4.11.11. In tunnels, constructed in seismic regions more than 7 points, temporary buildings and structures should priportalnye performed in accordance with this seismicity.

Resumption of work after the earthquake, more than 5 points allowed after examinations of mining, timbering, communication and presentation of results act.

 

4.11.12. Responsible for the development and implementation of measures for the safe conduct of mining operations in hazardous areas rests with the chief engineer of the organization performing these works.

 

 

 

4.12. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL TEAMS lining

4.12.1. Mounting and dismounting of the tunnel lining tubing and blocks should be performed with special mechanical packers.

Allowed in some cases, in coordination with local authorities Gosgortechnadzor, to make installation of the tunnel lining prefabricated by winches on a special project. Erection and dismantling of prefabricated tunnel lining utility tunnels can be done using winches according to PPR. approved by the Chief Engineer.

When tunneling shields 2 m in diameter may be installed manually lining small-sized block with maximum weight of each unit is not more than 60 kg in accordance with measures to safe work as part of CPD.

 

4.12.2. When lifting and installing tubing (blocks) by winches in the project must be defined schema installation and fixing mounting winches, mounting and slinging tubing (blocks) of each type of the attachment points are marked carbines safety belts and safe location of people in the operations. Thus:

a) The installation should be made using at least two winches (lift and pulls);

b) mounting the winch must be positioned horizontally from being lifted at a distance of 5 to 15 m;

c) prohibited peretseplyat tubing (blocks) in the raised position with a rope winch rope on the other.

 

4.12.3. When assembling the team lining bridle or release tubing from grabbing arm blokoukladchika may only after connecting tubing by tightening the bolts previously mounted elements lining not less than three points (two on the flange and one on the face).

 

4.12.4. When the assembly and dismantling is forbidden to clean out drawers mounted elements lining up to full beam stacker ring closure lining, as well as to produce work from ladders and tunnel lining.

 

4.12.5. The means of mechanization should be raised and lowered to allow tubing (blocks) smoothly without jerking, rocking and sudden stops.

 

4.12.6. Raised and stacked elements lining the team should always be in sight of people working on winches. When installing slotted rings or ring in the first allowed to work on winches without a direct line of sight, while the winch should be two-way sound-light alarm to the place of installation.

 

4.12.7. Compression team lining the rock should be done immediately after the podviganiya shield. Do not stand at the time of compression within the crimp ring and leave the ring lining in neobzhatom condition.

 

4.12.8. Remove cells lining team and correcting geometry rings lining the block to be performed under the direction of the face of technical supervision, and the project should be provided technical solutions to ensure the preservation of stability of the open-ring design of the tunnel lining in the process of removing the tubing (blocks).

 

4.12.9. When the component removal team lining:

a) Do not loosen the fasteners and remove the same time more than one element in the ring lining;

b) to remove cells lining the team should be made from the top down on the perimeter of the tunnel cross-section;

c) dismountable element before easing fasteners must be secured to the second rope winch or safety slings to stable elements lining the methods stipulated in the PPR;

g) after removal of each element lining outcrop should be fixed according to the passport attached;

d) used the winch to be placed within 10-25 m from the dismantled cell lining.

 

4.12.10. For lining of emptiness must be mounted zabucheny or filled with a hardening solution in accordance with the project.

By injecting cement slurries for the lining:

a) injection nozzle must be securely fixed in the holes and attach to the lining further by fear devices;

b) hoses mud channel should not hang over the edge and shall be attached to the lining and scaffolding not less than 5 m;

c) working pressure systems rastvoronagnetaniya be within the stated project and technical passports installations;

g) prohibits the mud channel disconnects under pressure, inspect and clean the hoses from the injection nozzle, perform work from ladders.

 

4.12.11. After that shift the face of technical supervision is obliged to inspect the place of work, damage to machines, forests, scaffolding and disassemble the attachment.

 

4.12.12. Technical condition of the supercharger solution, its devices, pipes and hoses should be checked every shift persons working on them, or a mechanic on duty with a record test results in log.

 

 

 

4.13. Construction of monolithic lining AND INSTALLATION

Anchors

4.13.1. If necessary, the movement of people and vehicles in the area of ​​reference concrete (formwork, reinforcement) works to be fitted with free passage for transport and passage for people to meet the established dimensions. When working on the pass and drive they should be covered solid flooring. Before the roadworks must be posted lit banner: “WARNING DANGER AREA! WORK IN PROGRESS”.

When working and tunnels diameter of 2.6 m or more in CPD activities should be designed to ensure the safe passage of rolling stock and the passage of people.

 

4.13.2. Reinforcement cages installed circling and shuttering should be securely fastened. Proper installation and tightness of formwork face TÜV checked.

 

4.13.3. Never use the boom excavators, cranes and other hoisting equipment not equipped with special devices (cradles), for installation and fixing of reinforcement cages and modular formwork.

 

4.13.4. To move the formwork should be used winches to ensure smooth movement and uniformity of tension ropes. Allowed to move movable formwork on a rigid coupling with the help of self-propelled machinery. All kinds of mobile formwork must have anti-seizure or stoppers. When moving formwork finding people in the danger zone is prohibited.

 

4.13.5. Work on installing and removing mobile formwork must be performed in accordance with the CPD.

 

4.13.6. When the amount of space zaopalubochnogo least 0.45 m finding people in it is prohibited.

Keep people in zaopalubochnom space for installation and concreting at a distance of not more than 10 m from the edge (end) of the formwork.

 

4.13.7. When installing a temporary roof support with mobile scaffolding they should be securely fixed in place parking brakes and special devices.

 

4.13.8. Before you start laying concrete manufacturer is obliged to work to check the reliability of fastening formwork supporting scaffolding and working platforms.

 

4.13.9. When submitting a concrete mix concrete pump, pnevmobetonoukladchikom necessary: ​​after each installation betonovoda to work it must be tested by hydraulic pressure of 1.5 times the working; provide a place of work for laying concrete bilateral signaling; betonovoda at the outlet damper set speed.

The concrete units removed only after stopping work and depressurization.

When cleaning betonovoda all people should be removed from its outlet at a distance of not less than 10 m

Fender over the receiving hopper of concrete pump is lockable, remove it during operation Concrete prohibited.

 

4.13.10. Before beginning work on the concrete schprits machine must check whether the safety valve.

Troubleshooting an installation or pipeline and nozzle material can be carried out only when the power of compressed air and the pressure is removed.

 

4.13.11. With the construction of the lining of shotcrete should:

a) Do not allow people who are not associated with production operations, a distance of less than 5 m from the place of work.

Do not stand under the arch covered with freshly applied shotcrete layers, without enclosing solid flooring;

b) jobs soplovschika driver and the concrete spraying machine in the absence of visual contact between them should be provided with a light or audible alarm;

c) when applied shotcrete using a hardening accelerator, which has toxic properties, measures must be taken to exclude hit with the eyes and skin working;

g) rastvoropodayuschy hose before the work must be securely attached at a distance of not more than 5 m from the nozzle;

d) the appearance of cracks or delamination of the coating of shotcrete should be taken to strengthen the lining on this site.

 

4.13.12. By injecting a solution for the lining, paving all work at height must be done only suspended or mobile scaffolding. Do not store on the scaffold materials from dismantling formwork.

 

4.13.13. For the descent of the concrete mix from the upper to the lower horizon is necessary to use pipes or gutters. Pipes should be closed at the top (broadened) of the metal grille with a mesh size of not more than 300×300 mm, and at the bottom are protected.

 

4.13.14. Application of bolting must be justified in the project for the study of stability of rock during tunneling excavation.

When installing roof bolts in the workings traversed by species, prone to peeling, you should take measures to prevent the fall of pieces of rock (to the suspension anchors safety net, shotcrete surface coating, etc.). Net, suspended from the anchors should be systematically cleared of lying on her breed to its sag does not exceed 20 cm Verification of temporary fastening should be done at least once every 10 days removable face technical supervision with the entry in the “Book of the lining inspection and condition workings “(Appendix 11).

 

4.13.15. Never remove and loosen the nuts after the installation of roof bolting. To replace the grid and additional hanging grabs you must install a second thrust washer and nut. When installing the torque may not take part time rock anchors around.

 

4.13.16. When you are on a fixed anchors and shotcrete lining of the site develop cracks or delaminations need to take measures to strengthen the lining on this site.

 

 

 

4.14. CONSTRUCTION horizontal mine workings

WAYS punching, puncture and DRILLING

4.14.1. Route mining must be consistent with all owners and communications facilities within the area of.

 

4.14.2. Projects for the construction of a mining structures and communications should include measures for the protection and safe operation of existing facilities.

 

4.14.3. Before starting work on the construction of mining works manufacturer must specify the location of the existing objects in the work area and perform security measures provided by the project.

 

4.14.4. When carrying out work should be carried out monitoring of the situation regarding passable excavation design marks.

 

4.14.5. For the construction of mining methods punching, puncture and horizontal drilling should be equipped with a camera or pits.

 

4.14.6. Excavations should have perimeter fencing with a minimum height of 1.2 m and an embankment to prevent flooding precipitation, as well as fixing the walls and stairs to get down into the pit.

 

4.14.7. Base of the pit should be durable and, if necessary, have a coating (concrete, wood, etc.).

 

4.14.8. Prohibited conduct punching (piercing), using as a support lining pit. Installation for punching must have the same type jacks, firmly attached to the frame.

 

4.14.9. Pressing pads and connections shall be equipped with lifting lugs or brackets required for installation of the operating position, and have smooth mating surfaces without shells, dents or sagging.

Use as a pinch nipples pipe sections.

 

4.14.10. Hydraulic pumps must be equipped with pressure gauge, safety valve and installed no closer than 1 m from the edge of the pit. Pumps and piping must be before the work tried and tested, with drawing up the act.

 

4.14.11. When operating systems are not permitted by punching people in the danger zone jacks and lay pipes.

 

4.14.12. Laying the pipes bursting method with manual dismantling slaughter is allowed pipe diameter not less than 1200 mm and a length of 40 m, as well as the exclusion of the possibility of getting into the face of harmful gases, groundwater or silt.

This should meet the following conditions:

- Length of the pipeline at 10 meters should be artificial ventilation slaughter;

- Prior to admission into the face of people need to take pressure off the hydraulic power pack;

- Feedback should be provided from the bottom of the workers, on the surface.

 

4.14.13. Develop slaughter manually outside part of top blade Burst pipe is not allowed.

Transportation of soil should be done on trucks, the height of which shall not exceed half the diameter of the pipe.

It is forbidden to accumulate soil at the face and flip it by hand along the pipe.

 

4.14.14. Tube during the punching should have the sliding support, covering it by 1/3 of the height, all over the pit.

 

4.14.15. In developing the soil in places where they can get into the face of water or watery rock mass, gas drilling should be carried out from the bottom of wells, leading to the slaughter of a length of not less than 5 meters, and made every shift measurements of gas.

 

4.14.16. When tunneling mining method of horizontal drilling disassembly and removal of soil from the hole should be made mechanically. Prohibited drilling uncased their pipes.

 

4.14.17. Construction of horizontal workings way puncture should be mechanized method using prokolnyh installations or pneumodrills.

Work must be conducted in accordance with the instruction approved by the chief engineer of the organization.

 

4.14.18. Do not work prokolnymi installations at depths less than 1.2 m when crossing driveways with improved road surface.

 

 

 

4.15. CONTENTS, REPAIR AND DISPOSAL OF UNDERGROUND

OPENINGS

4.15.1. Underground workings during the construction period should be kept clean and in good repair. Not be deformed lining and reducing the cross-sectional dimensions of the internal workings, as well as clutter free passes to people.

 

4.15.2. Development and their arrangement shall be regularly inspected a section foreman at least once a day, and the mountain master – at least once per shift.

 

4.15.3. Persons responsible for the technical supervision of the conformity of the workings and their arrangement and design requirements of this Regulation. Discovered violations must be corrected immediately.

 

4.15.4. If cracks in the lining must be installed systematic instrumental watching them surveying service.

 

4.15.5. Shoring and reinforcement trunks serving for lowering and lifting people must be inspected daily by persons especially designated by the order of construction, which are required to record the results of the inspection in the “Book of records of an inspection trunk” (Appendix 12).

 

4.15.6. Shoring vertical, inclined and horizontal workings should be reviewed periodically, but not less than once every 10 days, or chief of the site inspected by a designated person and not less than once a month as chief engineer organization results to be entered in the appropriate inspection book. In case of violations of work in mines should be discontinued and the lining is provided in a safe condition.

Inspection lining and lining vertical and horizontal workings utility tunnels made Chief Engineer at least 1 time in 3 months.

 

4.15.7. Repair workings associated with replacement of elements or temporary lining lining, cross-sectional extension workings collapse and liquidation of consequences of water breakthrough, quicksand, and all repair work in the mine shafts, including those associated with replacement of elements of reinforcement plating ladder or lifting offices must be carried out on a special project.

4.15.8. Repair work in the shaft on perekrepleniyu must be carried out using fixed or suspended workers and safety regiments output which must be equipped with shelves ladder trunk compartment.

 

4.15.9. Perekreplenie and repair of the Deaf (deadlock) horizontal and inclined workings must be carried out by means which ensure, in the event of a sudden collapse, the possibility of people.

 

4.15.10. When cleaning sump mine shaft lifting vessels allowed to drive on the trunk.

 

4.15.11. Elimination of vertical, inclined and horizontal workings must be performed in accordance with the project, with the removal of a temporary or permanent lining lining prohibited.

Removing the lining and the lining is allowed in special cases, the bill approved by the chief engineer of the construction company, in the presence of persons of technical supervision.

 

 

 

4.16. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF

Collector TUNNEL

4.16.1. Work on the construction of trenches and wells for the cameras must be in accordance with the draft of the work.

 

4.16.2. Permitted to arrange temporary mounting shelves for the installation of wells and chambers on the rings mount vertical workings.

 

4.16.3. When mounting elements prefabricated manhole be people in the pit is prohibited.

 

4.16.4. Transportation pipes and precast concrete rings in horizontal workings should be made in accordance with PPR, which should include: passport mount winch way insurance transported elements, means of communication between the train driver and winch installers, as well as guidance on safe methods of work.

 

4.16.5. When work near the tram tracks should be set on the fence and not less than 50 m to the place of work facing traffic – traffic signs with the words “Quiet move.” When the location of manhole chamber or pit in tramways not store materials, tools, implements and equipment at a distance of less than 2 m from the head of the outer rail.

 

4.16.6. Manufacturing jobs in existing chambers and wells permitted with mandatory presence of a representative organization – the owner of the building. Before any work is to be made an express analysis of air pollution.

Link workers shall consist of not less than three persons.

Work in existing utility tunnels, as well as connection to the newly built tunnel current should be in accordance with CPD approved by the chief engineer of the construction company and approved by the chief engineer of the operating company.

 

4.16.7. If you find that the air current underground facility harmful or hazardous gas is necessary to forced ventilation with a fan or compressor with a full air exchange underground facility. After that another measurement gas analyzer.

 

4.16.8. Before descending into the existing underground structures (well, camera) the worker must be provided with hose masks, life-belt with a safety rope. Each descends must be trained and able to apply conditional signals using a safety rope.

 

 

 

5. AIRING UNDERGROUND OPENINGS

 

5.1. MINE (MINE) AIR

5.1.1. In underground mines, which are or may be people, the air must contain not less than 20% oxygen (by volume). Carbon dioxide content in mine air field work must not exceed 0.5%, and in the workings of a common outgoing jet – 0.75%.

The air in the existing underground workings should not contain toxic gases longer maximum allowable concentrations indicated in Table. 1.

 

5.1.2. The amount of air required for ventilation openings should be calculated on the greatest number of people employed in underground work simultaneously on carbon dioxide at toxic and explosive gases, dust, gases’ from explosive and elektrogazosvarochnyh work on harmful exhaust components on the equipment with engines Internal combustion and minimum velocity of the air stream, and is accounted for the largest amount of air produced by the above factors.

 

5.1.3. The amount of air, calculated as the number of people must be at least
6 m ³ / min for each person, considering the largest number of people simultaneously working in smene.5.1.3. The amount of air calculated by the number of people must be at least

 

5.1.4. While production in the workings of welding operation and the required amount of air transport on these factors must be added.

 

Table 1

 

 

Note. When checking the adequacy of the explosion products dilution toxic oxides of nitrogen take 1L equivalent 6.5 L of carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide gas 1 L – 4.5 L of carbon monoxide and hydrogen sulfide l 1 – 2.4 liters of carbon monoxide.

 

5.1.5. In the production of blasting required amount of air to the underground workings must be determined by the number of toxic products of the explosion generated while blasting the greatest amount of explosive, believing that with the explosion of 1 kg of explosives produced an average of 40 liters of conventional carbon monoxide, including inclusive and nitrogen oxides.

It is necessary to observe the following:

- The quantity of air supplied to each face, in which are produced blasting must be such that before the admission to said working backspace formed during blasting toxic combustion products (carbon monoxide, nitrogen, etc.) were thinned to not less than 0.008% volume in terms of notional carbon monoxide, such dilution should be achieved in a period of not more than 30 minutes;

- The amount of air and the time required for the release of toxic gases from the bottom – the explosion products defined above calculations, analyzes must be checked;

- For at least 2 hours after admission working air must be supplied in place of explosives in the same amount, in which he did after blasting prior to admittance to the workers in the slaughter.

 

5.1.6. Air to the underground workings fans in the winter should be heated using heater installations. The temperature in the working area must be not more than +26 ° C and not lower than + 14 ° C when the air stream velocity is not greater than 2 m / s.

Application of fire heaters to preheat the air entering the production and used for curtains, is prohibited.

The air temperature in the working zone of horizontal underground utility tunnels construction complexes defined by the project on the basis of structural and technological parameters and structures should not be below +2 ° C. When shaft sinking in the winter temperature in the working zone is established in accordance with the CPD approved by the chief engineer of the company.

 

5.1.7. Priportalnye land mines must be protected from the cooling effect of the external temperature of the device, defined by the project (gates, locks, air curtains, etc.).

 

5.1.8. The temperature to which air must be heated to be supplied to the generation, located in the area of ​​long-term or artificial permafrost set chief engineer of a construction company in consultation with the project organization and SES.

 

5.1.9. Cooling air underground workings exposed to excessive heat should be on a special project with regard to the nature and power of heat input, opportunities to combat overheating, the availability of energy resources, economic and other factors.

 

5.1.10. Movement speed jet of air in underground section of up to 25 m ² defined by the project and shall be not less than 0.15 m / s and should not exceed:

a) the horizontal and sloping excavations – 6 m / s;

b) in the trunks, which made the descent and ascent of people and goods – 8 m / s;

c) in the ventilation shafts that are not equipped lifts and ventilation ducts – 15 m / s, in the ventilation holes – not limited.

In workings section of more than 25 m ² minimum velocity of the air stream to be determined project, but in any case not be less than 0.1 m / s.

 

 

 

5.2. GENERAL RULES FOR AIRING UNDERGROUND OPENINGS

5.2.1. All underground workings must have mechanical ventilation. Project organization should be designed ventilation schemes and projects for all stages of construction and finishing works in accordance with the PIC, including the construction of individual blind workings.

 

5.2.2. In case of detection of toxic gases in mines and reduce air quality against the standards established by paragraph 5.1.1 of this Regulation, as well as in violation of ventilation within these workings people should be immediately withdrawn on a fresh approach.

 

5.2.3. Unventilated generation must be closed louvered baffles, excluding the possibility of people pass through them. Resuming in closed mines allowed only after adjusting the air composition to the established norms.

 

5.2.4. Generation, ventilated after blasting should be shielded with a warning sign that says “No entry, ventilated slaughter.”

 

5.2.5. Prohibited without a special project combining two adjacent mines with independent ventilation in one ventilation system.

Adjacent mines with separate ventilation systems (or two generation), interconnected by one or more underground workings, or should be isolated from each other strong ventilation facilities (ventilation doors, lintels, gateways, etc.) or have a unified system of ventilation with a single plan emergency response and be under the same technical manual ventilation.

The project combined ventilation must be approved by the Chief Engineer (associations, management, trust).

 

5.2.6. All machinery and transformer chamber should be ventilated with fresh air stream, with the camera up to 10 meters are allowed to ventilate due to diffusion at the entrance to the width of which not less than 1.5 m, equipped with lattice door.

 

5.2.7. Use the same vertical or inclined shafts or tunnels for the simultaneous passage of incoming and outgoing air jets.

An exception may be allowed at the time of sinking shafts and tunnels to connect to another barrel or tunnel, having an output surface or a longer period if the Breakthrough of the underground workings gateway installed jumper. In the latter case in the trunk and underground workings must be metallic ventilation pipe.

Airing construction of tunnels and shafts can be done using flexible ventilation ducts in cases where the conditions but the safety of people in accidents does not change the direction of air flow in mine workings, in accordance with the PLA.

 

5.2.8. Underground workings, which detected or projected emission of methane, hydrogen or hydrogen sulfide, should be transferred to the gas mode.

Working in such excavations shall be in accordance with the special arrangements agreed with the State Technical Supervision.

 

5.2.9. Before the transfer of the object on the gas mode in current workings must provide enhanced ventilation and organize gas air monitoring.

 

5.2.10. Underground work in mines in the case of gaseous hydrocarbons (oil) must be conducted in accordance with the special arrangements approved by the chief engineer of a construction company in coordination with local authorities Gosgortechnadzor.

 

5.2.11. In the production of low-temperature freezing, chemical grouting, etc. allowed people to the place of work in underground workings must be done after checking the composition of air express method and evaluation of its oxygen content, free formaldehyde and nitrogen compared with the MPC.

 

 

 

5.3. Ventilation devices

 

5.3.1. Ventilation doors must be installed under the project special jumpers ensuring tightness perimeter generation.

Leave the doors open is prohibited.

After necessary ventilation doors and bridges must be cleaned.

 

5.3.2. In places significant pressure ventilation doors should be equipped with devices allowing them opening.

 

5.3.3. When installing single door in passageway in the same jumpers must get the door for the passage of people. The width of doors intended only for the passage of people, should be at least 0.7 m

 

5.3.4. To prevent air leaks on its way to the motion must include project and jumpers:

a) in the ventilation and other mines after they need;

b) between the workings with the incoming and outgoing streams.

Inspection of bridges should be done at least once a week.

 

5.4. MAJOR fan installation

5.4.1. Underground workings must be ventilated by means of continuously operating main ventilation fans located on the surface in accordance with the project.

When placing the construction site of the mine in a particularly cramped conditions, as well as underground construction shallow permitted by agreement with the Gosgortechnadzor installation of underground main fans.

 

5.4.2. Air intake fan systems should be located in areas not contaminated by dust, smoke and gases.

 

5.4.3. Home fan installation shall consist of one self-blower unit with a backup engine, except gassy mines where there should be two independent fan unit.

When ventilation fan installation utility tunnels moivt not completed backup motors and equipped with reversing devices, if the terms of the safety of people in accidents does not change the direction of air flow in mine workings.

 

5.4.4. When you stop the main fan of more than 30 people in the non-gas mines mines should be withdrawn from the bottom of blind workings included in this scheme of ventilation fan for a fresh approach. When you stop the main fan of more than 2 hours people found on the surface from all jobs. Resumption of work may be allowed only after due and careful examination airing persons interchangeable faces supervision using gas analyzers.

 

5.4.5. The main fan installation must be equipped reversing devices enabling them to change the direction of air flow in ventilated mines within a single system of ventilation and of which there are at least two exits to the surface no more than 10 minutes. The amount of air passing through the workings after the reversal should not be less than 60% of its amount in the normal ventilation.

 

5.4.6. Inspection devices reversible serviceability of their actions without tipping the jet should be made to develop the mechanic area at least once a month.

Checking action reversing devices skipping inverted air flow takes place once every 6 months according to the “How to Test action reversing devices fan systems” (Appendix 3).

The results of inspection and testing devices reversing fan reversal recorded in Section II “Book fan installations inspection and verification of reversion.”

Test results air flow reverse executed an act that should be attached to the emergency plan.

 

5.4.7. The main fan installation shall at least once a day to look around employee appointed chief mechanic organization. In addition, at least once a week to inspect the fan installation must mechanic area. The results of the inspection shall be entered in Section I “Book fan installations inspection and verification of reversion.”

 

5.4.8. Allowed to work the main fan installations without a driver, provided that the remote control at the remote control for changes in the fan systems and the availability of devices for remote start and stop the motor.

Remote control and monitoring the fan unit must be in a place where it can be provided constant surveillance action signaling equipment and registration papers of all incoming signals and indications of technical guidance.

 

5.4.7. Building the main fan installation should be made of nonflammable materials, and have a constant back lighting. The building should be closed on the lock in the absence of a permanent shift.

The building (and for automated installations and in the control) must be posted scheme reversing fan, individual characteristics of the fan and the instructions for the person serving the fan installation.

Employee serving remote management and control of the fan, is required to maintain the “Book of accounting work and exam main fan installation” (Annex 10).

 

5.4.8. Main ventilation fans stop to repair or change their operation modes, as well as off the feeders, can produce only on the written order of the chief engineer of the main plot or organization.

About sudden stops fans caused their malfunction or power outages should be immediately reported to the head of the change and the head portion. Duration and stop time must be recorded in the “Book of the main accounting fan installation.”

 

 

 

5.5. Ventilation of blind workings

 

5.5.1. Fan installation for ventilation when drilling the barrel must be installed on the surface of at least 15 m from the trunk.

Lagging ventilation pipes from the bottom barrel project must be determined and be no more than 15 m During loading rock grab this distance may be increased to 20 m

The pipes must be made of noncombustible materials and suspended on ropes or rigidly attached to the lining.

 

5.5.2. Slaughter underground workings must be ventilated by fans, established under the project. In driving that rise workings ends vent pipes should be placed in the baffle shelf from the bottom and be at a distance of not more than 6 m When driving workings lag ventilation pipes from the face must not exceed 10 m in cross-sectional area slaughter not more than 16 m . With an area of working face more than 16 m lag value vent pipes installed project.

Allowed in some cases airing blind workings using compressed air ejectors.

In non-gas underground mine ventilation allowed diffusion deadlocks up to 10 m

 

5.5.3. On tunneling revolting workings must be drafted Works, approved by the chief engineer of the organization. This project includes fixing passport and blasting, calculations and mode of installation of local ventilation fans.

Prohibited blast-hole drilling vosstayushih not equipped with remote-set from the bottom of the air samples for quality control of its composition.

 

All shifts employed in the sinking of the rebels, should be provided with appliances rapid analysis of air and trained to use them.

 

5.5.4. Installation of local ventilation fans in dead mines should be made to the bill approved by the chief engineer of the organization. The productivity of local ventilation fan should not exceed 70% of the amount of air supplied to the place of its installation due obscheshahtnoy depression local ventilation fan must be installed on a fresh stream of air at a distance of not less than 10 m from the outgoing stream in such a way that the air outgoing jet could be sucked back fan.

 

5.5.5. In some cases, for long lengths of ventilation openings in coordination with local authorities Gosgortechnadzor permitted for local ventilation fans scattered along the length of the duct, subject to the development of additional security measures.

 

5.5.6. Tory valve inspection facilities and reversing devices these installations on construction sites communal tunnels made at least 1 time per month employee designated by the head of the enterprise.

 

 

 

5.6. Monitoring the state of the mine atmosphere

And the instrumentation

 

5.6.1. In an organization engaged in the construction of underground structures, depending on the scope of work should be organized plot ventilation or appointed persons responsible for ventilation.

 

5.6.2. It is forbidden to appoint persons responsible for ventilation, no higher or secondary mine technical education.

 

5.6.3. Those responsible for ventilation, ventilation should be plans with drawing on them jets movements, locations of fan systems, ventilation and fire fighting equipment. These plans need to be replenished and prepared in accordance with the Instruction to develop and implement emergency response plans for the construction of underground structures (Annex 1).

All changes that have occurred in the location of fans, air handling units, in reversing the air jets, as well as newly planted production must be marked on the plans no later than the next day.

 

5.6.4. To validate air distribution and its quality should be conducted measurements of quantity and air sampling in the workings of not less than once a month, as well as any significant change in ventilation mode in accordance with the “Regulations for the sampling of the mine air” (Appendix 4).

To check the quality of air after blasting and adjust the concentration of toxic gases in it until the rules laid down in this Regulation, air samples are taken according to the changing conditions of work, but at least once a month.

 

5.6.5. Gas control after slaughtering blasting and ventilation prior to admission should people be made to the face by rapid technical supervision devices face or on behalf of a foreman (team leader).

In addition, at the beginning of the change before the admission of people in the workplace face technical supervision is obliged to check the qualitative composition (CO ₂ , O ₂ and CH ₄ ) in each bottom air express method.

 

5.6.6. In mines with temperatures above +20 ° C simultaneously with the measurement of quantity and air sampling in the same time frame should also be carried out measurements of air temperature.

The results of temperature measurements and analyzes of samples and the amount of air entered into the “book based on the analysis of air samples for dust and gas pollution” (Appendix 17).

 

5.6.7. To determine the number and composition of the air should be in a construction company or organization performing measurements, the following equipment: anemometers, stopwatches and express apparatus for determination of carbon dioxide in the air, sulfur compounds, carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides.

 

 

 

6. SPECIAL WORK

 6.1. WELL DRILLING SURFACE

6.1.1. Designated wells location, accommodation and communications equipment on the ground should be determined by the project. In this case the horizontal distance from the rig to the residential and industrial premises, security zones LEP, oil and gas pipelines, railroads and highways should be at least the height of the tower plus
10 meters.

Not install stationary rigs in the settlements at a smaller distance subject to additional measures to ensure the safety of the population and work in coordination with the State Technical Supervision and fire surveillance.

Continuous operation of mobile drilling rigs and drilling rigs in the settlements in the vicinity of buildings and structures but production project activities approved by the chief engineer of a construction company, and in agreement with the owners of buildings and structures, and other interested entities.

 

6.1.2. When the location of the drilling rig near steep slopes (bounce) the distance from its base to the edge of the slope should be less than 3 m in all cases rig should be located outside the sliding wedge.

 

6.1.3. Each tower shall be equipped with audible alarm and stop the lift drilling tools or lifting devices.

 

6.1.4. Build towers on the ground should be done in crates or goats, climbing up and down the towers and masts in installations without lifting mechanism – with the help of winches, cranes, tractors.

Winches are used for lifting such masts and towers assembled on the ground, must be no less than three-fold safety margin relative to the ropes as possible static loads.

Lifting mechanisms that serve to set rigs (masts), should be placed on the axis of the borehole at a distance of three-quarter height tower (mast).

 

6.1.5. Ascent and descent of the towers, drilling masts, erection and dismantling rigs should be made for projects and for a typical assembly chaired by a technical oversight. Projects and typical installations must be designed in accordance with the instructions of the equipment and these Regulations and approved by the chief engineer of the organization.

 

6.1.6. Do not install, dismantling and moving rigs with wind speeds exceeding 15 m / s, as well as during a rainstorm, icy conditions, thunderstorms, and at night.

 

6.1.7. Movement of drilling rigs should be done under the supervision of a person approved by the technical supervision by the chief engineer of the organization to plan the route. On route plan should be clearly indicated areas of high danger and security measures.

 

6.1.8. Technical condition of drilling equipment, towers (masts), units and installations should be checked:

- Master (foreman) – at least twice a week;

- Persons Technical Supervision Organization – at least once a month;

- Driller – when Acceptance shifts.

In addition, the technical condition of the tower (mast) must be checked:

a) before and after the movement;

b) prior to lowering the casing string;

c) after the wind velocity exceeding 9 m / s;

g) before and after the work relating to the elimination of accidents.

Results inspection foreman (foreman) and those technical supervision logged fixed form. Any faults must be repaired before the work.

 

6.1.9. Work on the sinking of wells can be initiated in the presence of the following technical documentation:

a) a warrant for execution of works;

b) the project works;

c) the act of acceptance of the rig in operation;

g) instructions for opening the facility;

d) ground resistance measurement protocols and equipment insulation and electricity;

e) act crimp pumps.

 

6.1.10. Mud pumps and pipes, hoses and seals before entering the rig-up and after each installation must be pressure tested with water sesquialteral calculated maximum pressure to check the safety valve. About crimping results should be an official act.

 

6.1.11. Work on the sinking of wells must be in accordance with the technological instructions.

Drilled wells should overlap or be protected.

 

6.1.12. When tripping the winch drum shall be at least three wraps of wire rope; wireline fixed end should be secured with three screw terminals in the device mounted on a separate foundation or the base frame of the rig (mast), the bending radius of the rope should be at least 9 diameter rope.

 

6.1.13. During operation of drilling rigs are prohibited:

a) switch on the rotational speed of the winch and back to standstill jammed handle machinery; produce stopped rotating kelly, use cartridges with protruding spindle head clamping bolts; climb to the jobsite;

b) work on winches with faulty brakes; stand in the immediate vicinity of the descent (raised) pipes and elevators; nedovernutymi down pipes with threaded connections, keep the weight on the traveling system under load or without using the load imposed on the brake lever or by jamming handle; inspect or clean the threaded connections;

c) to repair pipes, hoses, gaskets, fittings work without warning the twisting around the discharge hose or pipe leading to retain his hands.

 

6.1.14. When drilling in the protected zone of objects (air and cable transmission lines, gas pipelines, etc.) must be issued working permit-defining a safe environment for their production.

 

 

 

6.2. Artificial freezing of soils

6.2.1. When carrying out the artificial freezing of soils, construction, installation and operation of equipment and pipelines freezing stations should be guided by the applicable Rules of the device and the safe operation of ammonia, freon and Chladone refrigeration, safety rules in sinking shafts in special ways, Rules devices and safe operation of vessels working under pressure and the Regulations on the design and production work on the artificial freezing of soils in the construction of subways and tunnels.

Production of artificial freezing of soils must be carried out in accordance with the project.

 

6.2.2. Installation of compressors, heat exchangers and appliances (refrigeration) freezing stations should be carried out in accordance with the method statement and factory instructions.

Operation and brine freezing station network is allowed after the test and its acceptance by a special commission.

Driver must maintain a record of all parameters of the station with a note in the “Book of accounting freezing station” (Appendix 21).

 

6.2.3. Width of free passes in the engine rooms along the walls and between machines (units) must be at least 1.5 m, and the height of machine hardware and space – not less than 4 m

For refrigerant piping should be used seamless steel seamless pipes. Applications for these purposes or cast iron pipes of gas is allowed.

The requirement of this paragraph does not apply to a mobile station freezing.

 

6.2.4. It is forbidden to manufacture welding and other hot work on pipelines and filled with refrigerant or brine.

 

6.2.5. Pickle network made of forward and reverse rassoloprovodov, distributor and collector should be in that serves forshahte (mouth), the network is allowed to place on the surface of the device insulation.

 

6.2.6. Brine on the network must be installed:

- Gauges – one for the discharge line and the collector;

- Thermometers – on the distributor and collector;

- Gauge brine – for circulation tank and alarm on lowering brine.

 

6.2.7. Machine room and hardware departments freezing station should be located in a separate building and have a telephone.

Operate mobile stations without freezing device they telephony provided that such a construction site in the territory of the base at a distance of not more than 0.3 km from the freezing station.

 

6.2.8. Engine room freezing station should have:

 

a) compulsory ventilation with double air exchange per hour with a triple and exhaust air exchange, as well as emergency exhaust with the sevenfold air exchange per hour minimum temperature of + 16 ° C, not less than two outs, doors and windows that open to the outside;

b) equipped with storage space for no more than two cylinders filled with refrigerant. Refrigerant cylinder is allowed to attach to the system only for the time needed to recharge;

c) telephone, light and sound alarm to the job site;

g) devices for the control over the content of harmful substances in the air;

d) means of individual protection for each worker on a freezing station and first aid kit. Furthermore, the freezing plant must be at least two masks.

 

6.2.8. * The engine room freezing station should be posted:

a) scheme refrigerant and brine;

b) the scheme of water circulation;

c) User manual chillers;

d) User manual electrical equipment;

d) internal rules;

e) The schedule of preventive maintenance;

g) machinist job description chillers.

________________________

* The numbering of the original. Note legal bureau “Code”.

 

6.2.9. Restrooms in the engine room should have its own separate ventilation system.

Power emergency ventilation should be provided as from the ground and from an independent source of energy.

 

6.2.10. All freezers (condensers, evaporators, maslovodootdeliteli etc.) and pipes must be fixed. For straight pipe length of 100 m should be arranged compensators.

 

6.2.11. System refrigerant and brine freezing station (compressor, condenser, evaporator, piping, etc.) at the end of the installation to be tested at the appropriate pressure.

 

6.2.12. Release any refrigerant through the relief valve station system should be made via the discharge pipe in accordance with the project agreed with the authorities of SES. Diameter outlet hose should not be less than nominal diameter of the safety valve.

Connection is allowed several separate discharge pipes, relief valves to a common outlet pipe. Total cross sectional area of ​​the draft tube should be not less than the sum of individual sections attached taps safety valves, while the number of such outlets more than four can not be less than 50% of this amount.

 

6.2.13. Artificial thawing frozen ground permitted to complete after construction of underground structures.

After thawing, freezing pipes should be removed and wells filled with cement-sand mortar. When leaving the freezing pipes in the wells they must also swabbed.

 

6.2.14. In places where the pipelines are damages should arrange guard.

Discharge the refrigerant piping in places pass through combustible walls and ceilings must be separated from them fireproof insulation.

 

6.2.15. Filling the system with refrigerant, operation of chillers and compressors must be made in accordance with the instructions drawn up for each freeze station and instructions equipment manufacturers.

 

6.2.16. All installed gauges shall be inspected annually and have a tattoo or fillings gospoveritelya. Additionally, at least once in six months, it shall be verified working gauge readings by comparison with a test pressure gauge readings. The result must be documented by a statement.

 

6.2.17. When operating the chiller refrigerant leak location must be made chemical indicator or other device designed for this purpose.

When operating chillers periodically, but not less than once a month, it shall be verified exhaust from the condenser water and brine for the presence of coolant.

 

6.2.18. Never open the cylinder and crankcase dismantle machines, pipes and valves to completely remove them from the refrigerant and oil, as well as carry out this work without a mask and rubber gloves.

 

6.2.19. Refrigerant cylinders must be stored in special warehouses fireproof (no windows and heating) in the supine position in an amount not exceeding 25% of annual consumption. Room temperature storage should not exceed +25 ° C.

 

6.2.20. Warehouse for refrigerant bottles must be removed from the buildings and warehouses storing flammable combustibles at least 50 m and be within the lightning. Cylinders must be protected from sunlight.

 

6.2.21. Prohibited from sharing storage cylinders with different refrigerants or other compressed gases and combustible materials.

 

6.2.22. Freezing columns brine system freezing station before placing in the well should be tested by hydraulic pressure not less than 2.5 MPa (25 atm). After washing and mounting Brine network must be subjected to the hydraulic test sesquialteral brine pump design pressure, but not less than 0.5 MPa (5 atm). Brine piping and fittings in the operation must be tight.

 

6.2.23. Prohibited when there is pressure to repair pipelines brine system and remove the plugs from the speakers after freezing test.

 

 

6.3. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

At low temperature (nitrogen) FREEZING

 

6.3.1. Work on nitrogen freezing technology must be carried out under the project developed a specialized organization.

 

6.3.2. Maximum allowable working pressure in stationary and portable tanks, as well as in all the other elements of the system nitrogen freezing should not exceed 0.25 MPa.

6.3.3. Persons employed in jobs with liquid nitrogen should be provided with special protective equipment from frostbite: woolen jackets and gloves, special glasses, etc. Clothes should not have oil stains.

 

6.3.4. All components of the system nitrogen freezing elements and components shall be tested for leaks with registration acts.

 

6.3.5. Vessels, piping and fittings shall be thoroughly degreased and protected from falling oil.

 

6.3.6. All valves nitrogen freezing systems must be marked and numbered in accordance with the flow chart. Scheme with indelible paint on a board fitted to a control system.

All valves shall be provided with stencils and bears rooms inscriptions and arrows indicating the direction of rotation of the flywheel at closing in an emergency diversion.

Gates intended for emergency shutdown system shall be painted red.

 

6.3.7. Zone control nitrogen discharge must be ensured:

- Warning triangle;

- Isolating self-rescuers in an amount exceeding the maximum number of people working in the change by 10%;

- Regulatory oxygen inhalers in case of sudden loss of consciousness one of the crew members;

- First aid kit;

- Electric lighting (not less than 50 lux).

About learning the rules and methods of work with self-rescuers and inhaler must be recorded in the journal of safety instructions.

 

6.3.8. In process control zone should be provided with the control of oxygen content (twice the detector tubes in change, the gas analyzer) while discharging nitrogen and once per shift necessary to take samples in the air discharge nitrogen for laboratory analysis VGSO.

 

6.3.9. On road transport capacity must be recorded as “closing the valve issue of liquid nitrogen, open drainage. CAUTION Follow time, drain valve is open!” Operator working on road transport tank when draining nitrogen should see improvement nitrogen freezing system involved in the distribution of the discharged nitrogen, and persons employed in carrying out this work, or have a two-way communication with them.

 

6.3.10. Drain liquid nitrogen from the trucking capacity in the circulation system permitted after the withdrawal of the operating mine workings.

 

6.3.11. When carrying out the nitrogen freezing technology is prohibited:

a) overlap the two valves simultaneously within a closed circulation network to complete evaporation of liquid nitrogen in the absence of this site safety devices (safety valve, bursting disc);

b) to carry out welding and other work with an open flame in a nitrogen circulation network elements are not disconnected from the network technology and purged with warm air (nitrogen) with an outlet temperature 15 20 ° C;

c) to repair the system nitrogen freezing, including tightening of fasteners in the circulation of nitrogen;

g) smoking in the area of ​​process control nitrogen freezing, as well as for repairs in this area, what should be posted in these posters.

 

6.3.12. Installation site and rail tank car route for the transportation of liquid nitrogen should be defined in the project.

 

6.3.13. Warming piping and valves when frost build-up may only be outside the steam or hot water.

 

6.3.14. When freezing soils near existing capital facilities should be conducted instrumental survey control for possible deformation structures.

 

 

 

6.4. Chemical grouting

6.4.1. Injectable work on chemical fixation of rocks shall be made for special projects, which should be provided: the maximum allowable discharge pressure, rates of injection solutions and security measures for handling chemicals used.

During the construction of utility tunnels work but chemical fixation of rocks shall be in accordance with PIC and PPR.

 

6.4.2. All work related to the physicochemical fortifications unstable rocks, should be made under the guidance of persons having experience in manufacturing these papers and license in their jurisdiction.

 

6.4.3. Before starting work, injecting equipment and communication systems shall be tested at a pressure greater than 1.5 times the highest discharge pressure, and adopted by the Commission under the guidance of chief engineer organization leading the work.

 

6.4.4. Pipelines for injection solutions should be safety valves adjusted design pressure with a device to collect discharges.

Pumps used in work with chemicals should have proper seals, preventing leakage of fluids.

 

6.4.5. In the production of injection works:

a) must not be operated leaky suction and discharge line injection systems, pumps, tanks and dispensers;

b) transport and storage of resin liquid glass, acid and other chemicals must be carried in a sealed metal container (original packaging) with tightly sealed lids. Used on all containers must then be printed with the name of the chemical reagent (“Pitch”, “water glass”, etc.);

c) in mines, on the spot cooking injecting chemical solutions, supply of chemicals shall not exceed the amounts required for chemical grouting rock excavating one stope;

g) prohibits the preparation of solutions in containers with open lids. Mortar used for the preparation of injectable solutions of synthetic resins, liquid glass and other chemical reagents must be equipped with hatches with tight fitting lids;

d) equipment used for injecting fluids (pumps, hoses, injectors) must periodically during operation and after closure washed with hot water, and injectors, moreover, lubricated with grease. Remains of the gelling solution and solidified gel when washing should be collected in a special hermetically sealed containers and transported to the surface periodically to neutralize;

e) in the field of preparation of solutions (mixing unit) shall be posted in the control circuit mechanisms indicating sequence start and stop operations.

 

6.4.6. While working with chemicals content of toxic substances in the workplace must not exceed the maximum allowable concentrations. In the workplace should be clean water and 10% solution of baking soda.

 

6.4.7. Slaughter tunnel and mixing unit must be connected telephone and two-way alarm (sound and light), as well as the procedure for the exchange of signals.

 

6.4.8. Prohibited during the production work on the injection does not lead other related work in mines.

 

6.4.9. Decant acid from one container to another is allowed only with a special pump.

 

6.4.10. Installations for preparation of liquid glass, as well as boiler installation, used for cooking and heating chemical solutions must be regularly inspected and be hydraulically tested in accordance with current guidelines of the device and the safe operation of vessels working under pressure.

 

6.4.11. To prevent the possibility of breaking out of caustic solutions when working directly from the ground should be left loose soil layer thickness of 1-1.5 m and put a layer of concrete with a minimum thickness of 10 cm with 5 cm diameter holes for driving injectors.

 

6.4.12. During injection works is prohibited:

a) work with the injection of installation, lubrication, cleaning and repair;

b) to disassemble and repair of injection valves and disconnect the hoses from the injector under pressure;

c) removing the injectors from the ground without the help of special devices (iglovydergivateley, rack jack, etc.);

d) to use equipment with faulty gauges and hoses, having a swelling;

d) to perform quick overlap cranes on mud channel communications;

e) to remain open well after removing injectors. Wells should be zatamponirovany mortar or plastic clay.

 

6.4.13. When working with chemicals is prohibited:

a) be without protection vicinity of the preparation of solutions;

b) transfusion reagents using buckets;

c) be in the field of storage and cooking chemicals to unauthorized persons;

g) to start working without checking health of supply lines to the work site, valves and mechanisms;

d) to carry out work on the preparation of solutions and injections in unventilated mines.

Removing formwork swirling, mounting wedges set out details, delete parts of the projections under the bed next row, loading hanging in the eaves of the (arch) is allowed only with the permission of the master (superintendent) after full hardening solution.

 

6.6.6. Preparation antiseptic and flame retardants should be conducted at designated sites. At the same time within less than 50 m shall be prohibited to use open flames, including smoking and perform activities related to possible sparking. Vessels with antiseptic agents should be permanently shut tight lids or stoppers.

Exempt material containers of antiseptic products must be collected and neutralize. Not allowed to leave her work area, as well as throwing in loading and unloading.

After completing work on antiseptic and fire-retardant treatment of wood storage and preparation of relevant materials and structures, equipment and tools should be cleaned and neutralized.

 

6.6.7. Used for painting work paints, enamels, varnishes, primers, putty, solvents and thinners must match the project, with each batch of paint in the organization and should be available for the entire period of work with him persist passport or certificate from specified chemical composition .

Use for painting works paint materials of unknown composition. Such materials may be approved for use in writing to the chief engineer of the organization based on an analysis of their chemical composition and resolution of SES.

 

6.6.8. When painting work in mines, underground and other enclosed spaces in projects for their performance parameters must be defined and the methods of control of ventilation air composition both in the workplace and in the total outgoing air flow.

 

6.6.9. The amount of incoming air at workplaces should be sufficient to prevent the formation of explosive or harmful concentrations of volatile constituents working paint materials. In all cases should be provided with not less than two-fold air exchange for an hour.

 

6.6.10. When using nitrokrasok and other materials that emit volatile explosives, in the buffer zone around the site of production of painting works defined BPD, but not closer than 50 m, is allowed to use only electrical intrinsically safe.

Prohibited to perform hot work, smoking, as well as other works, causing sparks.

 

6.6.11. Prohibited in the preparation of paint was used as a solvent of benzene and leaded gasoline. Workers employed in painting works shall be provided with protective clothing and personal protective equipment. When painting the maximum allowable concentration of acetone vapor in the air of the working area must not exceed 200 mg / m .

 

6.6.12. Do not store in the workplace in mines and other enclosed spaces stock paint materials in quantities exceeding the replacement demand. Containers of paints, varnishes and solvents should be tightly closed and at least use empties should be disposed of in specially designated and enclosure at the construction site.

 

6.6.13. Finishing work in the area of ​​permanent and potentially dangerous occupational hazards prohibited.

 

6.6.14. Field storage of paints and production work with them must be at least two foam extinguishers, boxes of sand and 10% above the stock selfrescuers the number of persons engaged in activities in the development.

 

 

 

6.7. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

Anti-corrosive

6.7.1. When used in underground hot bitumen capacity to raise and lower him vertically permitted on closed duct. Allowed toe cap containers with bitumen to the workplace on inclined ladders with handrails, equipped in accordance with GOST.

 

6.7.2. On the use of polymeric materials that emit harmful gases and flammable substances should be pre-obtained permission from the local authorities and Gosgortechnadzor SSES.

 

6.7.3. Construction company, which operates using polymeric materials in tunnels and other underground facilities, before starting work must notify the general contractor on the timing of the start of work with harmful, flammable substances.

 

For the production of such works must be a special project of works, approved by the chief engineer of the organization.

 

6.7.4. Jobs for the preparation and application of polymeric materials should be provided with ventilation. The content of harmful substances in the air of the working area must be within the permissible concentration.

 

6.7.5. Work on the preparation and application of polymeric materials must be carried out under the direct supervision of a person of technical supervision.

In the area of ​​their application in underground structures production of other works is prohibited.

 

6.7.6. Cleaning material after its use must be collected in a special container for subsequent extradition to the surface. Burn used cleaning material is prohibited.

 

6.7.7. Device surface storage facilities for polymeric materials and packaging must comply with the technical requirements for these materials.

 

6.7.8. Resumption of work and availability to persons in the underground structures after the polymer coating is permitted only after the complete removal of hazardous work area or inflammable substances.

 

 

 

7. Markshejdersky SOFTWARE

 

7.1. REQUIREMENTS surveying service

 

7.1.1. Organizations and businesses, leading work on the design and construction of underground facilities must be composed of surveying services or software to organize surveying work done. The heads of these organizations are responsible for providing and surveying services necessary engineering and technical staff and workers, providing them with specially equipped premises, tools and appliances.

 

7.1.2. Surveying software construction of underground arms shall be in accordance with the requirements of the current User-geodesic surveying work in the construction of transport tunnels.

Surveying software utility tunnel construction is performed in accordance with departmental regulations consistent with Gostgortechnadzor Russia.

 

7.1.3. Surveying service shall provide the required accuracy:

a) the construction and development of surveying and surveying networks of support on the surface and in mines, production filming mining and earth surface, preparation and completion of surveying documentation transference in nature geometric elements spans, buildings, borders safe mining operations;

b) carrying out instrumental observation of the processes of displacement of rocks, rock pressure, deformation of the earth surface, buildings and structures;

c) monitor the implementation of projects contained in the requirements for the timely and effective implementation of measures to ensure the mining operation safety of workers and the public, protecting the natural environment, buildings and structures from the harmful effects of these works and subject to the other requirements relating to the activity of surveying services.

 

7.1.4. Workers and geological surveying services are required, using the project design document, to identify the presence of the listing on the highway tunnel under construction hazardous areas, at a meeting which may occur in an emergency situation as a newly built tunnel and in the zone itself. These include the areas of operating, under construction or abandoned underground structures, areas with unstable soils, tectonic disturbances, as well as a particularly difficult and dangerous in the engineering-geological conditions regarding production work. List of dangerous zones approved by the chief engineer of the organization.

 

 

 

7.2. Safe conduct surveying work

7.2.1. Before starting work, the performer must carefully inspect the work area, to ensure the safety of their production and, if necessary, take appropriate action.

Geodesic-surveying work must be performed brigade, consisting of at least two people, one of whom is appointed senior and responsible for compliance with the requirements of the brigade safety instructions. When tunneling shield diameter less than 3.6 m-geodesic surveying work shall be made at the stopped hauling.

 

7.2.2. All alignments and basic geodetic surveying work-faces near mining should be done only with the permission of the mountain master who is obliged to provide a safe environment for these works (frill bottom, the technical condition of scaffolding, ladders, sliding platforms, fences, lighting, ventilation, electrical) .

 

7.2.3. Working with laser devices in underground mines is permitted only if the following requirements:

a) shall apply stakeout lasers 1st Class danger;

b) levels of dangerous and harmful factors in the workplace should not exceed the limits established by the applicable “Sanitary norms and rules of the device and laser operation” and guests;

c) in the area of ​​the laser radiation may be the sign of laser hazards and work with optical devices visual guidance prohibited.

 

7.2.4. Found during the development of geological penetration violations and place large windfalls occurred rock removal fluid masses (for moist sand, quicksand, pulp, etc.) and breakthroughs groundwater should be applied to surveying mining plans with the date.

Chief and district surveyors are required to make a written warning to the chief engineer and the chief portion of the approach of the danger zone at least 20 m before.

From the moment when the distance to the danger zone is 7 m, measuring and reporting on the size of the pillar district surveyor should do after each stope.

 

7.2.5. In areas of geological faults in unstable porodgah near underground facilities and communications, as well as during mining using special methods should be further organized systematic observation of the surface displacement, buildings and structures located in the zone of influence of mining, with reflection results surveying measurements in the books of account of observations and recommendations on the issue of compensation for such deformations.

 

7.2.6. It is forbidden to lay on the surface points of geodetic surveying networks used as reference frames specialized lines of observation stations within the danger zones and in areas where resistance is not provided signs and frames for the period of observation, including in the areas of traffic, places loading and unloading, storage of materials, designs, etc.

 

7.2.7. Stationing in the ground near the cables, pipelines and other underground utilities should be done in the presence of representatives of the organization – owner communications. When work is necessary to use only hand tools.

 

7.2.8. Prior to the measurements of sediment deformation frames installed in the walls of buildings, should be taken to protect workers against falling accumulations of snow, ice and other items from the roofs and walls.

 

7.2.9. Works with the plumb line in the mine shafts should be made after the cessation of all other activities in these two trunks teams created to perform work on the upper and lower horizons, with the senior team leader must be an upper horizon. Teams must be maintained between a reliable connection.

 

7.2.10. At the time of geodetic-surveying works in crosscuts and furnelyah all other work in these mines should be discontinued.

 

7.2.11. When straightening and remaking the way spreading and puterihtovochnymi jacks allowed to work with the devices at a distance of not less than 10 meters from the work site.

 

 

8. UNDERGROUND TRANSPORT AND RECOVERY

 

8.1. UNDERGROUND TRANSPORT ON vertical excavation

8.1.1. When shaft excavation deeper than 40 m climb and descent people should be mechanized. All vertical trunks must be equipped with stair offices regardless of the mechanical lifting. In driving, uglubke vertical workings and brace climb and descent people must be made in tubs. After penetration of the trunk and 25 m near barrel workings needed to organize Stacker lining, mucker and mine trolley, people should only go up and down in the stands, equipped with parachutes.

For sinking a vertical shaft to a depth of 40 m may be used as a means of lifting cranes winches having working and safety brakes independent of each other on a special operating the power production project activities approved by the chief engineer of the construction company. Capacity in the tub should not exceed 1 m³ . Climb and descent people in the tub while prohibited.

For lowering and lifting for material separation furneli lining elements, structures, equipment and trolleys individual is allowed to use a hoist lifting mechanisms suspension made under the project.

Application cargo lifting hoist with suspension for lowering and lifting people furneli prohibited.

During the construction of utility tunnels excavation vertical and horizontal workings can be performed using as a cargo lift car, tower, jib, gantry cranes and hoist racks in accordance with the Rules for design and safe operation of cranes. Type lifting mechanism and arrangements for the safe movement of goods and determined PIC and PPR. In some cases, minor amounts of work and depth of over 40 m trunk movement of people allowed on the trunk compartment of steps in accordance with PPR, consistent with regional bodies Gosgortechnadzor Russia.

 

8.1.2. At each lift installation must be available:

a) technical certificates: hoisting machine, gear, outboard and trailer coupling, lifting vessels, parachutes, hoisting pulley, lift motor;

b) the scheme:

- Parachute devices with controlled dimensions;

- Detailed braking device with principal dimensions;

- Executive power (the principal, assembly);

c) instructions: hoist operator, banksman and brainstem (in the workplace);

d) reports on the results of the annual and semiannual audits and commissioning, as well as acts of inspection and testing of the elevator installation, elevator installation surveyor checks in accordance with the requirements of this Regulation, the test parachutes acts, acts of certifications (factory) and type approval ropes;

d) laced in the book: “The Book of records of an inspection trunk”, “Book of the inspection of the elevator installation,” “book examinations hoisting ropes and their consumption”, “The Book of reception and delivery shifts machinists hoist” (Annex 12, 13, 14, 15) .

 

8.1.3. By managing the lifting machine allowed a person older than 18 years that have passed a medical examination, special training, passed examinations and having trained for at least two months to manage the lifting machine under the supervision of an experienced driver and appointed to the position by the order of the driver head. Machinist receiving replaced before work is required to check whether your installation. After that make launching and recovery workers permitted after prior haul stands idle.

 

8.1.4. The facility should be appointed by order of the organization stem, banksman and those responsible for:

- Organization of descent, lifting people and goods;

- The condition and inspection shafts, ropes, hoisting machines, trailer, safety and other devices of the elevator installation.

 

8.1.5. Each organization must be developed and approved by its chief engineer manual descent and rise of long and oversized cargo, specifying the sequence of technological operations of accessory equipment and facilities.

 

8.1.6. Shaft sinking equipment badevogo lift for lowering and lifting people and goods should be carried out in accordance with the method statement and subject to the following conditions:

a) lifting plant must be a constant or excavating copra;

b) buckets for lowering and lifting people must be deaf height of at least 1 m Apply for lowering and lifting people Overturning tubs permitted only at presence of the lock, providing rise above the bottom of the tub is not receiving area. Apply the tub with opening bottom prohibited;

c) in sinking shafts prohibited to use for lifting badevogo uncoiling ropes;

g) tubs should move on rails or in special compartments of the barrel, covered with boards. Movement tubs without guide allowed a maximum distance of 20 m from the face. When used on a sinking vertical tunnel excavation units (mechanical shovels, grabs, etc.) distance may be increased to 40 m;

d) prohibits the launching and recovery of people in tubs without a guiding framework and not equipped with umbrellas to protect workers from accidental injury by falling objects. In some cases, when performing emergency repairs and in the trunk allowed climb and descent people in tubs without a guiding framework. In this case: speed on the trunk of the tub should not exceed 0.3 m / s; guide frame shall be secured at the discharge site and unloading Lyady closed;

e) during the descent and ascent of the people in tubs for one person must be at least 0.25 m base area;

g) planting people in the tub and out of them should be made on site with lower receiving special ladders or stairs tubs only closed Lyady tub and stopped;

h) landing people in the tub and out of them at intermediate depths and chambers should be made with folding platforms, and on the shelves only when the board stopped the tub is at the socket or sex in the presence of floor doors in the socket;

i) Do not climb or descend standing or sitting on the edge of the tub, as well as to make the descent and ascent people laden tub;

k) for lowering and lifting of goods and people in tubs sinking lifting equipment in the case of mechanized loading breed must be equipped with a locking device, excluding the passage of the tub through the funnel in the bottom shelf when a socket is loading device. Terms such equipment upgrades of existing locks to be installed in agreement with the Gosgortechnadzor.

 

8.1.7. Speed ​​when ascending and descending in tubs on rails shall not exceed 6 m / s, and in the case of lifting and lowering people in tubs – 1/3 standards for cages. On a plot of absence guides greatest speed buckets should not exceed 2 m / s for cargo and 1 m / s – for people.

 

8.1.8. When excavating dvuhbadevom lifting the gap between the average guide ropes shall be not less than 300 mm.

At a depth of over 400 meters trunk obligatory installation of fenders ropes or other devices that prevent the possibility of a collision tubs. These devices are not required if the gap between the average guide ropes not less than

 

mm

where H – depth of the barrel, m

 

The gap between the moving tubs and extensions of pipelines, communication and trunk lining should not be less than 400 mm. The gap between the walls of the funnel tunnel Regiment and the protruding portions of the moving guide frame or tub must be at least 100 mm, including a zero and unloading sites.

 

8.1.9. In operation, the human cargo badevogo rise at shaft excavation:

a) the use of towed devices and hoisting rope for other purposes (for assembly and disassembly of segmental lining, piles and piles of extraction, etc.) is prohibited;

b) towed devices must be tested and have a passport, marked with the serial number and date of sample. Pull the device at least once every two years must be replaced by new;

c) ropes, tow hooks and signaling must satisfy the requirements of the human mine hoist;

d) suspension devices shall be fitted securely closing hook mouth and avoid spontaneous uncoupling in accordance with these Rules;

d) shackle buckets to be replaced or repaired when worn her eyes or replacement bushings in the eye more than 5% of the diameter axis. Total wear eye or bow and removable sleeve axis connecting it with the tub should not exceed 10% of the diameter axis.

 

8.1.10. Lift in a tub on the surface of the patient is allowed only with accompanying. The patient and the accompanying need to be tied to the lifting cable.

 

8.1.11. Handling of materials and tools in a bucket hanging from a rope, as well as suspension of equipment or materials to the rope with open Lyady prohibited. Launching and recovery of materials without tubs permitted only on a special hitch safe design.

 

8.1.12. Protruding over the edge of the tub materials and tools at their descent and ascent of the trunk should be tied to the lifting cable. It is forbidden to climb and descent over the cargo tub.

 

8.1.13. Tub should undercharge 100 mm to top edge bead. Never use the tub without devices to maintain the bow in the lowered position (cam). Jaw height must be at least 40 mm.

Tub before issuing should be raised from the bottom barrel to a height of not more than 1 m, soothed by rocking, and her bottom cleared of adhering pieces of rock.

When issuing breed tubs trunk must be opened only in the part needed to pass buckets, while Lyady only be opened for the passage of the tub. Ladi design should exclude falling rocks in the trunk or other items at unloading buckets.

Finding people under badevym department during the descent and ascent of tubs is prohibited.

 

8.1.14. When going up and down the trunk without cargo vessel (buckets, crates, etc.) with the slinging them directly to the rope at the bottom of all working people trunk should be withdrawn to a safe place designated PPR.

 

8.1.15. Construction of the tunnel shelf should match the project developed specialized design organization.

 

8.1.16. Heading shelves should be a strong overlap for the protection of workers from falling objects, sockets have a minimum height of 1600 mm to skip tubs.

 

8.1.17. In the case of a suspended shelf he should be suspended at least four points in such a way as to prevent it from rolling over on loss of one of one of the ropes or turnbuckle.

 

8.1.18. When you move the shelf mounting or dismounting the pipeline suspended equipment work in the mine should be stopped and the workers from the bottom to bring to the surface.

 

8.1.19. Before lowering or lifting the regiment all objects lying on the edges of tubing must be removed.

 

8.1.20. Work on the movement of the regiment must be performed under the supervision of experienced workers face technical supervision in accordance with PPR.

This should be ensured by technical or organizational measures movement shelf without distortions caused by non-simultaneous (OFF) winches, ropes unequal velocities, etc.

 

8.1.21. After moving the shelf and work on it at the bottom can be resumed only after the installation of the regiment on the sliding support (at least three), centering and tensioning frame shelf, as well as the application of new labels on the index depth lifting machine.

 

8.1.22. The gap between the developing and bolting regiment after installing it in the operating position must be not more than 120 mm and during shut aprons.

 

8.1.23. To move the tunneling equipment (suspended shelves, pumps, etc.) for shaft sinking winch gear should be used in the construction of which is provided for operating and safety brake with independent operating the power and hrapovichnoe device. Speed ​​of movement of the rope during the descent-rise should not exceed 0.35 m / s. Enabling safety brake must be accompanied by an automatic brake actuation shunting. Factor of each brake deceleration (ratio of momentum created by the brake, to the highest static load torque) must be at least 2. Winches with electric drive must have a lock, automatically applies the brakes when the engine is turned off.

Allowed the use of manual winches end load on the rope to 2m in the constructions which ascent and descent is achieved by rotating the handle. Winches should have brake ratchet locking device and dual gear. Manual winch handle after use should be removed, be deposited with the operator to lift the machine and can only be issued by a person authorized technical supervision.

 

8.1.24. Hanging shelves and cradles with pumps and equipment after each of their movements should be securely attached to the permanent or temporary lining the trunk. Pumping units and starting equipment, in turn, must be securely attached to these shelves and cribs.

Connection with the hoisting rope hanging chains, hooks, shelves, pumps, pipelines, tensioners and other equipment must be designed to prevent any separation.

 

8.1.25. Winches shall be mounted on a foundation or equipped ballast for their stability under load in accordance with the project.

Winch after installation, before starting the work, and periodically every 12 months should be subject to technical examination mechanic area.

 

8.1.26. Static test with the technical examination of winches must be loaded in excess of 2 times their work (design) load, and dynamic – a load exceeding the same capacity by 10%.

 

8.1.27. Shelves, winches and all everything should be inspected every shift on duty and an electrician once a day – or a mechanic area specially designated person. On the results of the inspection of technical condition of the journal should be made within the record. When fault finding lifting and lowering of the regiment is not allowed.

 

8.1.28. On a shelf should be posted diagram download it, given the maximum allowable number of simultaneously being on the shelf people and a list of materials or equipment with their weight and quantity.

 

8.1.29. Stand serving for lowering and lifting people must have solid metal roof or opening roof with opening a manhole, and solid durable flooring. Allowed to have sex safely strengthened by folding or removable parts for inspection Lyady locking devices. Long side (side) stands must sheathe the full height solid metal sheets. Forbidden to have holes in the hull stand against locations conductors. Along the long sides of the cage should be designed handrails.

With the short (end) side stand must be arranged door to prevent the possibility of loss of people from the cage.

Doors should open inside and locked the bolt located on the outside. The upper edge of the door should be above the level of the floor stand is not less than 1200 mm, and the lower – no more than 150 mm. The design should include door locking devices that do not allow the removal of the door in the closed position. In the cage should also be arranged stoppers and closures, which ensure reliable retention of trolleys and other types of rolling stock in motion stands on the trunk. Newly designed cage should have suspended the device for lifting and lowering of large equipment and long materials.

 

8.1.30. The distance from the floor to the outermost part of the roof cage should be at least 1.9 m, excluding the main bar with a spring. Rod spring should be protected with a safety glass. Safety glass equipped with a rubber lining at distances him from the floor stand less than 1.9 m

 

8.1.31. Floor area shall be at least 0.2 m per person in the cage. The number of people that can fit in the cage at the same time, shall be indicated in the declaration, hung out in the pithead and in the pit bottom in the stands. Cages for lowering and lifting people must be provided with safe operating parachutes. All joints should be systematically parachutes lubricated so that they rotate freely. Parachutes should be tested at least once every six months and inspected mechanic area (lift) daily volume requirements Instructions test parachutes mine hoisting installations (Annex 8).

 

8.1.32. As human cargo lifts are allowed to use two-stand ups and odnokletevye equipped with a counterweight. Counterweight rope must be the same with the hoisting rope and counterweight mass equal to the mass of the empty weight plus stand trolley. Counterweight should move in reliable guides and separated from the cage separating partition of rails or cables, if not equipped with a counterweight in case of breakage catchers rope.

 

8.1.33. The gaps between the sliding guide shoes lifting vessel (counterweight) and conductors when they are installed shall be 10 mm on each side (total gap of 10 mm) with a wooden conductors and 5 mm – for metal at the base level *, and depth-barrel total clearances for wood Conductors must be 20 ± 10 mm, for metal – 10 ± 8 mm.

__________________

* The reference mark is the section of conductors from the limit switch on the copra to the top of the receiving area.

 

Shoes should be replaced when worn contact surfaces than 8 mm on a side. Conductors and the total wear slip-on shoes side shall not exceed at wooden conductors – 18 mm, metal – 10 mm.

When worn conductors, which reached 15 mm on the side of the wooden and 8 mm from the metal, while the rope – 15% of the nominal diameter of the rope, but not more than half the height or diameter of the outer wires, frayed wires must be replaced.

 

1.8.34. The gaps between the trolleys and the most prominent elements of the cage should be at least 50 mm.

The gaps between the lifting vessels bolting and shootings in the trunks vertical shafts shall conform to the dimensions given in Table. 2.

Before starting again hinged or repaired lifting vessel clearances must be checked.

 

8.1.35. Maximum deflection angle (deviation) of the hoisting rope string on the guide pulleys and drums human cargo lifting should not exceed 1 ° 30 ‘.

Winches for cargo lifting angles of deviation allowed up to 2 ° 30 ‘.

 

8.1.36. Climb and descent people and cargo crates skips allowed only during the inspection, repair and stem crash. In tilting stands for lowering and lifting people must be tools, precluding the possibility of rollover cage as it moves down the barrel, and devices for preventing lifting stand in unloading curves.

 

 

Table 2.

 

 

8.1.37. It is forbidden to climb and descent people in the same cage at the same time with the load, as well as an explosives having explosives with him.

 

8.1.38. In trunks equipped with two or more lifting installations for the launching and recovery of people and cargo, cargo lifts in work hours tripping change prohibited.

 

1.8.39. Timber slide on the surface should be protected by a barrier height of 1 m and have Lyady, and pit bottoms have an opening, providing a free supply of long materials. Opening when not in use, should be closed with locked gates. The mouth of the vertical and inclined workings must be constantly protected from the trailing side to a height of not less than 2.5 m, and with the workers of the parties to have the doors or guards for.

During the construction of utility tunnels and shafts mouth inclined workings must be fenced to a height of 1.2 m with the unit door at the entrance to the ladder compartment. Around the perimeter fence to a height of not less than 0.15 m must be made solid flange, preventing accidental dropping objects in the trunk. In the near barrel opening doors and crosscuts that supplies of long materials, at a time when it is not used, it should be closed with locked gates up to 2 m

 

1.8.40. When fault finding lifting equipment lifting and lowering must be stopped immediately until completely correct identified problems. The results of the inspection, faults found and corrective measures must be included in the construction mechanic laced book inspection of the elevator installation.

 

1.8.41. The building lifting machine must be working except electric lighting and emergency also powered from an independent source of electricity. It is not allowed to use for emergency lighting fixtures of all types of individual (battery, etc.).

 

1.8.42. Repair and inspection barrel permitted to stand on the roof of the cage or skip unloaded. But people have to be attached to the rope or hitch safety belts and protected from falling objects accidentally umbrellas. It is forbidden to attach harness to brace, the lining, and communications structures of the trunk. Safety belts every 6 months should be tested on a static load of 4000 N for 5 min. When viewed from the trunk speed lifting vessel must not exceed 0.3 m / s.

 

1.8.43. Checking the status of headgears Commission should be done under the supervision of the chief engineer of the organization with registration act, metal and concrete – once a year, and a wooden tunnel – twice a year.

 

8.1.44. During work on the receiving kletevogo lift (landing) site should be banksman, and pit bottoms – stem.

 

8.1.45. In the pit bottoms necessarily bypass device Walker. Prohibited the passage of people and transport routes through lifting the trunk compartment, as well as clutter the bypass walker.

During the construction of utility tunnels allowed the device of men’s Walker in the mine shaft section provided that a continuous solid otshivki separation between the lifting of the trunk and salable. Walker should have a strong protective overlay, providing safe passage of people. Allowed passage of transport and exchange of rolling stock within the section of the trunk, if it is not equipped with a lift cage.

 

1.8.46. On receiving sites at zero horizon and pit bottom must be installed to prevent guards for the passage of people through the lifting department, semi-detached with alarm lift in order to prevent the departure stand without opening the lattice fence. When you have an open lattice hoist operator should light signal “STOP” and the working alarm off. Over workplace safety should be a stem visor. Allowed to use on the top floor reception guillotine door in the presence of additional barriers preventing people’s access to the trunk to a complete stop and stand in the period of its origin. Requirements signal “STOP” at the driver and blocking signaling with the lattice in this case does not apply.

 

1.8.47. On all seating areas and in the engine room shall be posted warning signs and safety announcements stating:

a) The name of the person responsible for launching and recovery of people and banksman (stem);

b) applied signal;

c) Schedule of ascent and descent shifts;

g) the number of people simultaneously placed in the cage;

d) the allowable load stands.

Everyone understood the signal must be perceived machinist lifting, banksman and stem as a signal “STOP”. After this renewal is permitted only after the rise of personal clarification machinist banksman stem or by phone or negotiating pipe causes an ambiguous message and snooze.

 

1.8.48. Each lifting unit must be equipped with an alarm system working for supplying the signal from the brainstem to the banksman and banksman from the train operator, as well as repair alarm used in the inspection and repair of the barrel. Repair the alarm system shall be capable of supplying a signal from any point of the trunk.

On human and cargo hoists other than human labor and repair system must also provide for and backup alarm powered by a separate cable, which is the functional capabilities should not differ from the working alarm.

Lifting plant used in shaft sinking, must have at least two independent alarms, one of which should serve as the working alarm, and the second – backup and repair. Device in the operating system shall be capable of signaling from the bottom and with false Regiment – banksman and from banksman – machinist, and repair and backup – in every barrel banksman.

Between winding machine machinist and banksman and between banksman and stem should be telephone and intercoms.

 

8.1.49. If there are several working levels each horizon should be equipped with self-reception area served by the stem. In this case, the alarm system shall be provided, which excludes the possibility of simultaneous signaling stem from different horizons, as well as a device that shows the horizon from which signal is applied.

 

1.8.50. When using the reception areas at intermediate horizons, including the site at the zero horizon, the requirements:

a) lifting unit must be equipped with a lock comprising signal “STOP” in the driver seat when summarizing his fists on the intermediate horizon;

b) the fender should be closed, folding his fists – and open in this position (except when the cage is on fists intermediate horizon) must be closed on the lock, and the key must be a responsible person designated by order of the organization;

c) the light signals from the intermediate horizon in their colors on the remote should differ significantly from the brainstem signals;

d) at intermediate horizons should be used as a seating arrangement rocking platform.

 

1.8.51. Perepodema height for lifting equipment in the presence of protection installed:

a) for human cargo kletevyh lifting equipment when lifting speeds of up to
3 m / s – not less than 4 m;

b) for the lifting units for lifting speeds over 3 m / sec – not less than 6 m;

c) for cargo lifting equipment when lifting cages, skips and platforms – not less than 2.5 m;

g) for lifting badevogo at:

descent and ascent of the people – not less than 4 m,

shipping – not less than 2.5 m;

d) in the construction of shallow tunnels closed method height perepodema kletevoy freight elevator installation at speeds up to 1m / s – not less than 1.5 m at a speed of 2 m / s – not less than 2.5 m

e) when used as a freight elevator installation jib cranes lifting height is set according to the design of works, approved by the Chief Engineer.

 

1.8.52. Perepodema height should be considered:

a) neoprokidnyh stands – height that can rise freely crate from its normal position when unloading on the top floor reception to contact the top rope to the rim zhimka idler or parts stand with elements of copra;

b) for tilting stands with people going up and down – the height to which the cage can rise from its normal position when landing people before the swing stand, if there is no discharge unloading rails at lifting people. In the presence of drainage discharge guide perepodema height should be considered from the top position when planting people in subparagraph “a”;

c) for freight lifts in tilting skips and cages – the height to which can rise freely skip or cage tilting from the normal position during unloading until it touches the top rope to the rim zhimka idler tilting of the skip or cage, or parts thereof with elements of copra;

g) for badevogo lifting up or down with the people – the height to which the tub is free to rise from zero to pad contact zhimka top rope or the top edge of the rim of the frame rail guide pulley or with protruding metal parts podshkivnoy site.

 

 

 

8.2. LIFTING MACHINES AND WINCHES

 

8.2.1. Human and human cargo lifting machines and winches shall be electrically operated, equipped with dynamic braking. Dynamic braking in case of violation of its scheme, is to work on the safety brake and have retroactive electrodynamic connection.

Each hoisting machine shall be equipped with a working safety and mechanical brakes with independent from each other inclusion drive. These types of inhibition may be with one or two brake actuators. On the newly designed hoists shall be provided with two machine independent brake actuators.

Brakes should be located so that the driver can freely manage, without leaving the workplace.

 

8.2.2. Drums winders must have flanges on both sides of a height of not less than 1.5 times the diameter of the rope. When more than one layer coiling rope flange should extend through the top layer of rope diameter of 2.5, and for the portion of the rope (critical) length of a quarter of the last round of the bottom row (move to the top row) should be conducted enhanced surveillance (broken records in this place wires ) and made the movement of the rope through a quarter turn every two months.

 

8.2.3. In mine hoist safety brake must provide when it is turned to a complete stop deceleration of the vessel not less than 1.5 m / s during the descent and the estimated load of not more than 5 m / s - when lifting rated load.

 

8.2.4. Duration idling safety brake must not exceed 0.5, and cargo sinking winches – 1.5 sec. Response time of the safety brake (including idle time) should not exceed 0.8 seconds. Safety at work and working brakes are not allowed fluctuations in the linkage system brakes.

 

8.2.5. Enabling safety brake must be accompanied by automatic shut-off power supplied to the motor winding machine. Safety brake shall be operable from the limit switch and the emergency button lift driver.

 

8.2.6. In addition to the case of brake adjustment of the brake drums or repair the device in each lifting machine must be provided by a special locking device.

 

8.2.7. Hoisting machine shall be provided the device showing the position of the cage in the shaft (depth gauge), and automatic call, signaling the engineer about the need to start slow motion.

Scale indicators should be done on a scale of not less than 1 cm to 1 m depth.

Lifting machinery must have monitoring instruments (ammeter, voltmeter gauges) showing the relevant parameters of the engine power supply and the pressure in the brake system, as well as recording speedometers (for machines with speeds in excess of 3 m / s).

 

8.2.8. Each lifting unit must be equipped with the following safety devices operating correctly:

a) for each lifting vessel (counterweight) – limit switch mounted on copra and designed to enable the safety brake when lifting vessel (counterweight) at 0.5 m above the top of the receiving area (level normal position for unloading skip), and backup end switch on the index depth lifting machine;

b) the device automatically shuts down the installation in case of exceeding the normal rate of 15%;

c) a safety device (speed limiter or regulator stroke) are not allowed to approach lifting vessel normal upper position with a speed higher than 1 m / s. This requirement is mandatory for kletevyh lifting equipment with a maximum speed of more than 3 m / s;

d) the maximum and zero protection (electric winders) acting overload machines and there is no voltage;

d) sewn from hovering lifting vessels in unloading curves;

e) a device which transmits a signal stem or head machinist at yanked brake cables in their attachment to the sump;

g) lock from excessive brake wear (to equip a lock installed in coordination with the State Technical Supervision). This requirement does not apply to trucks and sinking winches;

h) lock, allowing the engine to enable the vessel only after perepodema towards eliminating perepodema;

and) lock which does not allow removal of the safety brake, service brake when the handle is not in the “inhibited” and handle the administration (controller) – in the zero position;

a) lock, stop providing the tub with its approach to the closed lyade, as well as at the approach of a 5 m to the working shelf or to the bottom of the barrel;

l) arc reverse interlock between contactors and dynamic braking;

m) protected string slack rope;

n) lock swinging platforms, landing fists and enclosing grids consisting of “Stop” from the driver when superimposed swinging platforms, summing fists and open grate, except lattices guillotine;

o) redundant overspeed if the primary limiter does not have full self (for human and human cargo lifts). Terms such equipment speed limiters installed in coordination with the State Technical Supervision.

 

8.2.9. Conductors before the pulleys should be close together and strengthened to wedge them stand on the length defined by the project.

 

8.2.10. Velocity of the stands when raising and lowering of people and goods along the vertical workings determined by the project, but must not exceed:

2.5 m / s with a lifting height up to 40 m

4 m / s with a lifting height of 100 m

6 m / s for a lifting height of more than 100 m

Value of the average deceleration of the elevator installation as in the safety and working with (in case of emergency) braking must not exceed at tilt angles of 50 ° and more than 5m / s , as well as being at the safety braking of at least 0.75 m / s at angles of inclination of the workings 30 ° and not less than 1.5 m / s at tilt angles more openings 30 °.

 

8.2.11. As winches are allowed to use gear winch with two brakes if the requirements of this Regulation.

 

 

8.2.12. Lifting vessels, tow hooks, parachutes, guide shoes, boarding, loading and unloading devices, guides and deflection pulleys, bearings and their linings, brake system and other elements of the lifting machinery, equipment protection and alarm systems and controls must be inspected and verified:

- Every shift – machinist lifting, banksman, stem and duty when receiving an electrical shift;

- Daily – mechanic plot or a person designated responsible for the condition and inspection of the elevator installation. These same people made daily inspection of the trunk and reinforcement of the hoisting ropes;

- At least once in 15 days – with the participation of the chief mechanic of the organization. While further checks of the safety brake and safety devices.

All kinds of inspections should be carried out according to the schedule developed by the chief mechanic and chief engineer of the approved organization. The results of inspections recorded in the relevant books of the elevator installation.

Upon detection of faults and deviations from the established norms of the elements of the elevator installation, conductors and reinforcement trunk ascent and descent should be stopped immediately until the problem is detected violations.

Instrumental validation provisions copra elevator installation, guide pulleys, gaps between the lifting vessels and bolting stem, conductors and other elements of the project and for compliance with the requirements of this Regulation should be made surveyor area at least twice a year. When the scan is drawn.

 

8.2.13. Before commissioning and thereafter once a year specialized commissioning team with representatives from electromechanical service organization should perform the audit and adjustment of the elevator installation in the amounts stipulated by the “Guidelines for auditing, commissioning and testing of mine hoist installations.” This requirement does not apply to cargo winches designed for lowering or lifting equipment and materials.

Electric parts and equipment automated lift systems are subject to audit and adjustment after 6 months.

In auditing the brake and shaft newly commissioned winders necessary to make their inspection. In the future, testing shall be carried out regularly, at least once every three years.

Simultaneously with the production of the audit and adjustment, except surveyor checks hoisting pulley and copra, staff organization has been entirely Surveying verification of hoisting machines and conductors wear what is drawn.

After revision and adjustment of the elevator installation chief mechanic organizations with Alignment team produces its control tests.

Six months after the audit and adjustment of elevator installation shall be subjected to technical inspection and testing involving Commission chief mechanic organization. On inspection and test shall be drawn.

 

8.2.14. After replacing the brake system (pads, rods, cylinders, etc.) necessary to make it a test. Test results should be decorated act.

 

8.2.15. All newly created safety and protective equipment (brakes, canopy, suspension devices) and equipment (limit switches, speed limiters, pressure regulators, etc.), as well as ways to manage the lifting units must be consistent with the specialized institutions.

 

8.2.16. In the trunk, where there are several lift systems, remote control of each of them should be a button simultaneously disable all winders (date equipment lifting equipment such devices are coordinated with Gostgortechnadzor).

 

8.2.17. On winches serving for lowering and lifting people in the stands and trolleys on inclined developments, apply all the requirements to lift cars.

8.3. ROPES, tow hitch and pulleys

8.3.1. For mine hoisting plant shall be applied steel cables that meet the quality, design and stranding GOST or TU agreed specialized institutions. Lifting and towing ropes for human cargo lifting equipment must be in the brand, for other lifting equipment grade not less than I.

 

8.3.2. Ropes for lifting equipment of all systems should be chosen when hitching the following safety margin:

a) 9-fold – for lifting equipment intended solely for lowering and lifting people;

b) 7.5-fold – for cargo and human kletevyh badevyh lifting equipment, mechanical loaders (grabs) in the trunk, tunnel cradles;

c) 6.5-fold – for lifting plants intended only for lowering and lifting;

g) 5-fold – to balance rope and cable conductors tunnel upgrades;

d) 6-fold – to rescue ladders, rope suspension regiments, pumps, pipelines, tunneling machines.

The margin of safety rope is defined as the ratio of total breaking force of the rope all the wires to the static load on the rope.

Static load hoisting rope consists of mass lifting vessel with towbar, maximum load weight and weight of the rope from the vanishing point from the pulley to the point of attachment to the lifting receptacle at the lower end lift.

 

8.3.3. As the cable conductors must be used ropes closed and semi-closed design or untwisted kruglopryadnye monolayer regular-lay rope with a diameter of the outer wires of at least 2 mm. Recommend the use of galvanized ropes.

Tension cable conductors should be installed depending on the PPR capacity lifting vessel.

 

8.3.4. All human hoisting ropes, cargo and freight of human lifting equipment, as well as suspension ropes regiments rescue ladders and cradles tunnel should be tested for linkage to the cable-testing station registered Gosgortekhnadzor. All other ropes used in the cores, as well as ropes and all other installations before linkage mechanisms can not be tested. Reserve tested rope in front linkage can not experience a second, if its retention period does not exceed six months from the date of the test.

To test his end of the rope is cut of at least 1.5 m To retest the rope cut a piece of the same length over the last zhimkom zapantsirovki.

 

8.3.5. Hoisting ropes human and human cargo lifting equipment must be re-tested every six months from the date of their sample. Retesting hoisting ropes exclusively cargo lifting equipment is permitted to produce 12 months from the date of their sample, and then every six months.

 

8.3.6. Directed to the test in the cable-rope sample test station must be equipped with copy of factory act certificate, plaque (label) attached to it, and the statement by the organization containing the necessary tests for the ABOUT rope and lift installation.

Each wire rope sample that is tested before and re-linkage, must be tested on a break and bend in accordance with GOST. Based on the test results processing cable-testing station provides organization certificate in the prescribed form with the conclusion about the suitability of the rope to the further operation.

Certificate of primary and repeated tests of the rope must be kept in the organization for the lifetime of the rope.

 

8.3.7. It is forbidden to hang or use steel ropes with torn strands in a side, with a reduced diameter while working more than 10%, with nodes, “bugs” and other injuries.

 

8.3.8. All ropes lifting vessels and balances should be inspected daily for the entire length at a speed of not more than 0.3 m / s. Weekly to make an additional inspection of the rope in which determined the maximum number of broken wires rope stranding step. Damaged parts of the rope and land on which the number of broken wires on the step length of lay of less than 2% of their total number in the rope must be inspected at a fixed rope.

Do not operate the ropes for suspension lifting vessels and balances, as well as suspension and mechanical loaders regiments (grabs) when the number of breaks on the step length of lay of 5% or more of the total number of wires.

Ropes to move and suspension equipment (pumps, pipes, cables, etc.), brake and conductor ropes must be replaced if the number of breaks in step-lay up to 10% of their total number in the rope.

 

8.3.9. Hoisting ropes should be lubricated at least once a week. Before lubricating the rope should be cleaned of dirt and old grease.

 

8.3.10. The results of the inspection of the hoisting ropes shall be on the same day entered into laced “Book for recording inspection results of the hoisting ropes.”

This book should be written every case of damage ropes.

 

8.3.11. Deadline service ropes lift systems that do not suffer during the operation tests shall not exceed:

- Brake parachute ropes and depreciation – 4 years;

- The cable conductors, fenders ropes and ropes for suspension tunneling equipment – 2 years.

Lifetime these ropes can be extended by decision of the special commission of up to 5 years on the results of the inspection and control of instrumental metal loss section along the entire length of the rope every 6 months. Deadline service ropes mechanical movers (grabs) should be 2 months and will not be extended.

 

8.3.12. Rope shall be rejected if the test before linkage total sectional area of ​​the wire, do not stand the test of tensile and bend is for ropes that are used to lift and lower people (Grade B) – 6% for ropes (grade I) – 10%.

The rope must be removed and replaced with another, if the retest:

a) reserve its strength is below 7.5-fold for human lifts, 6-fold for human cargo lifts and cradles tunnel, 5-fold for cargo lifts, aerial ladders and rescue regiments;

b) the total area of ​​the wires have not sustained tensile test and bend, reaches 25% of the total cross-sectional area of ​​the wire rope.

 

8.3.13. Stand for human and human cargo lifts must be double-independent suspension – working and safety. Counterweights odnokletevyh safety upgrades suspension may not be fitted. The margin of safety (in relation to the calculated static load) must not be less than:

a) 13 times – for outboard and trailer units and human-human cargo lifting equipment, as well as for the tow hitch and tubs tunnel arches;

b) 10-fold – to tow hitch cargo lifts, hanging shelves and hanging tunneling equipment in the trunks;

c) 6-fold – for semiconductor and demolition ropes.

 

8.3.14. Deadline operation and trailed suspension devices of all types and skip hoists kletevyh installations shall not exceed 5 years. The newly made chains and hangers shall be subjected to factory testing. Test results should be recorded in the passport factory supplied with your product. Carried and towed devices must be marked with the serial number and date of manufacture.

Prohibited from making chains used as a precautionary suspension, forge welding and manual electric welding.

 

8.3.15. Ratio of the smallest diameter to the diameter of the body coiling rope shall not be less than:

a) 60 – to guide pulleys and drums human and cargo-lifting equipment and human badevyh tunnel;

b) 30 – to guide pulleys and drums cargo lifting equipment and winches with a lifting height of over 60 m;

c) 20 – in other cases.

 

8.3.16. On vertical and inclined (over 60 °) human cargo and human climbs winding ropes on drums machines should be single and allowed:

a) two-layer – for freight lifts for vertical installation workings lifting machine or winch on the surface, as well as for human and human cargo lifts at tripping people inclined developments with a slope of 30 to 60 °;

b) a three-layer – when lifting-descent people inclined developments angle up to 30 °; sinking vertical and inclined workings; truck lifts at underground installation lifting machine;

c) a multilayer (three rows a) – for slow sinking cargo winches with lifting speed is not higher than 0.2 m / s.

 

8.3.17. Attaching the rope on the drum should be performed so that when passing a rope through a slit in the cylinder of the drum it is not deformed by sharp edges of the slit. Prohibited the attachment end of the rope to the drum shaft. Fixing all the rope on the drum is made specifically to devices provided on the drum, allowing the rope to fix at least three points.

To release the tension of the rope at the point of attachment to the drum on the surface of the latter must be at least three turns of friction drums. Also turns friction must be replacement coils for periodic testing of the rope. Spare coils may be disposed on the drum surface as well as inside it.

 

8.3.18. Sinking winches designed for suspension regiments shields shells, formwork, pipelines, guide ropes shall be provided with protective equipment from retensioning terms agreed with Gosgortechnadzor.

 

8.3.19. In the case of the guide pulleys with lining segments it must be attached so that at the edges of the trough lining had no connecting piece that at infringement of attachment may fall into the chute under the rope.

Bolts that secure the lining should be inspected weekly. Unfit bolts must be replaced.

Flange of the guide pulleys must act over the top rope not less than 1.5 times the diameter of the rope.

 

 

 

8.4. TRANSPORT IN inclined workings

8.4.1. Prohibited the movement of people on the transport department inclined workings.

 

8.4.2. On top, bottom and intermediate reception venues inclined workings at end haulage ropes must be set stops and safety barriers, managed with reception areas.

Stops and barriers to receiving sites in the normal position should be closed and opened only for passing vehicles. At the reception areas at the endless rope haulage shall be provided to prevent falls of rope on the ground when coming off it with supporting rollers or asterisks.

Types of stoppers, design safety barriers and their locations should be provided by the project.

 

8.4.3. When hauling on inclined developments longer than 10 m shall be provided safety devices that prevent pilling down on loss of rope or tow.

8.4.4. An inclined path setting derailed trolleys, platforms and other items of rolling stock is allowed only after taking action against them rolling.

 

8.4.5. Trolleys, platform, or other units of rolling stock left on an inclined path for the production of works, shall be secured and inventory devices hooked to the traction rope.

 

8.4.6. It is forbidden to lower or lift loads on inclined developments winches equipped with a brake or friction clutch cam.

 

8.4.7. When lifting loads in skips the sloping tunnel subject to the following conditions:

a) skips shall be equipped with safety devices to delay (trapping) them at break of war;

b) Tyrants under rail tracks cross section corresponding to the calculation shall be stowed at a distance from each other of not more than 1 m and securely fastened; avoiding contamination of the space between the Tyrant wakes breed;

c) skips undercharge must not less than 20 cm to the upper edge;

r) at the face to be installed barrier designed to stop the skip and to arrest any falling weight. Location relative to the bottom of the barrier set PPR;

d) lifting unit must be equipped with a winch reducer with two brakes working alarm, limit switches, and zero maximum protection under the provisions of this Regulation.

 

8.4.8. When lifting loads in skips on an inclined generation speed should not exceed 2 m / s.

 

8.4.9. Inclined mine workings must be equipped with their angles of inclination:

from 7 to 15 ° – railing located on mounting feet;

from 15 to 30 ° – with steps ladders and railings;

from 30 to 45 ° – stairs with steps;

more than 45 ° – ladder compartment.

 

8.4.10. On the construction shall be appointed persons responsible for organizing the lifting and lowering of people and goods, as well as for the condition and inspection of ropes in accordance with the requirements of this Regulation. This should be posted in these ads.

 

 

 

8.5. Underground transport along the horizontal workings

8.5.1. In horizontal workings projects must be installed and maintained during construction free passes to people and the gaps between vehicles and bolting (lining), as well as the gaps between the opposing moving vehicles. Free passes should be kept to a height of not less than 1.8 m from the pedestrian deck (soil), the gaps – on the perimeter of the vehicle.

During the construction of utility tunnels inside diameter of 3 m and including the movement of people allowed on the entire width of the output. In the field sketches and pricing cars must be kept free pass for people with a minimum width of 0.7 m and a minimum height of 1.7 m PPR should be developed for the security measures employed in the formulation or by moving it when passing rolling stock .

 

8.5.2. Width of free passes to people and clearances determined by the distance between the outermost edge of the envelope of the rolling stock and bolting (lining) generation or placed in the development of equipment, piping, materials, and in all cases shall not be less than the values ​​given in Table 3.

 

Table 3.

 

 

Note. Mezhduputya width (distance between the direct paths) should be such that the gap between the opposing electric locomotives (trolleys) on the outermost edge of the envelope electric (trolley) was not less than 0.2 m flight clearances, including and in Table 3, must also be kept at the rounded.

 

8.5.3. Rolling stock, track, travel device (stops, barriers, turnouts, etc.), network of contacts, alarms, as well as free passes and clearances shall at least once a month to check face technical supervision.

Do not make in mines repairs rolling stock related to air pollution (paint, hot work, etc.).

 

8.5.4. Maximum speed of the rolling stock on the horizontal workings should not exceed:

a) 4 km / h – for manual hauling;

b) 3.6 km / h – with cable haulage with an endless rope;

c) 5.4 km / h – when hauling rope end;

d) 10 km / h – with locomotive haulage;

d) 20 km / h – for nerelsovyh machines;

e) 10 km / h – for machines with nerelsovyh turnout (maneuvering).

Speed ​​of movement of rolling stock in curves way to pit bottom, the arrows and the sites where any work shall not exceed 5 km / h

 

8.5.5. Rolling stock shall meet the requirements of GOST, cargoes and ensure the safety of their handling and transportation.

 

8.5.6. Machinist prohibited while driving standing control the locomotive and go with him, as well as unauthorized transfer control locomotive to another person.

When forced absences driver shall switch off the engine, brake locomotive, remove the handle from the controller and leave the lights glowing.

Prohibited from carrying passengers and freight locomotives that are not designed for this purpose.

 

8.5.7. Production site repairs and other work on the road should be protected typical of the signs to be installed at a distance of not less than 80 m from the production of these works. Prohibited from doing service to fencing signals their places of production and removal of these signals to the full completion of the work and check the status of the path.

 

8.5.8. When the distance to the place of work of more than 2 km to transport people is required. For these purposes must be used with special trolley seats, blind end walls, a metal roof and the side walls to full height trolley. Openings for landing people should have a minimum width of 0.7 m and be provided with enclosing devices. Trolleys should be equipped with devices to signal the engineer of the locomotive. Transport people contact electric roof trolleys must have good contact with the rails through the body and frame.

Allowed, rechargeable electric locomotives hauling to resolve the chief engineer organization agreed with the authorities Gosgortechnadzor, carrying passengers separate train of trolleys with conventional hollow body and removable seats.

Directions accompanying staff on locomotives is permitted only if there is a special design of the locomotive passenger seat or on a specially equipped for this purpose trolley.

 

8.5.9. Prohibited: attached to passenger trains or trolley platform with materials and equipment, transport trains people with explosives, flammable and corrosive substances.

 

8.5.10. Before you start transporting people locomotive engineer must inspect trolleys, paying particular attention to the serviceability and signal coupling devices.

 

8.5.11. In horizontal workings should be stacked two narrow-gauge track with the device through 200-300 m unilateral or cross Congresses.

In the mines, which is over 500 m is permitted laying one way trips with the device through the 200-300 m

Leveling and straightening of track shall be made as necessary, but not less than once a year.

During the construction of utility tunnels with a diameter up to 4.1 m allowed styling With one track, regardless of the extent of the workings without the device trips.

 

8.5.12 Design and content of tracks used in the building should comply with current building regulations. Temporary track should be laid on the leveled ground development and prepared substrate (ballast, solid floor, trough the tunnel lining elements).

When used as the base of the pan elements tunnel lining must be provided therein for fixing the device tracks.

Allowed laying of tracks on the overpass at the construction site of the subway station, subject to the requirements of this Regulation.

During the construction of tunnels inside diameter of 3 m inclusive assumed laying railway tracks without mounting directly on the chute tunnel lining elements provided you use manual or electric haulage with coupling undoubt to 4.5 then the speed of trains up to 4 km / h

 

8.5.13. Do not operate the rail tracks at:

a) expanding way more than 4 mm and 2 mm restriction against normally fixed width of the track;

b) the wear of the rail head along a vertical rail 12 mm for type P-24 and 16 mm – of the type P-33, as well as flanged wheels touch the bolt heads, the presence of longitudinal and transverse cracks in the rails, the rail head pitting, spalling of the rail flange and other defects that can cause the gathering rolling stock of railways;

c) the gaps between the joints of the rail exceeding 5 mm;

g) in the workings with a slope greater than 0.01 without a set (according to CPD) devices do not allow the movement of rolling stock Samokatnaya.

 

8.5.14. The radius of curvature of the curves of the track must be at least seven times the length of the most rigid base rolling at a speed of 1.5 m / s and 10 times the length of the rigid base at a speed of 1.5 m / s and rotation angles greater than 90 °.

Gauge the magnitude of broadening the areas of 8-10 m radius curves should be: with a rigid base 600 mm – 10 mm, and the same 800 mm – 10-15 mm, 1100 mm – 20-25 mm.

The value exceeding the outer rail track on the curves of radius 8 m should be 20 mm at a speed of 1.5 m / s and 35 mm at a speed of 2 m / s, and at portions of the curve of radius 10 m – 15 mm at a speed of 1.5 m / s and 25 mm at a speed of 2 m / s.

 

8.5.15. Mechanical or manual drive turnouts haul routes should be set at the free passage for the people so that the distance from the drive to the edge of the rolling stock is not less than 0.7 m distance from the drive to the lining (lining) shall ensure ease of installation, inspection and repair . In case of insufficient width generation drives turnouts shall be installed in niches.

 

8.5.16. Turnouts are laid in tunnels, apply only prefabricated wits with adjacent type and equipped with manual or mechanical shifter. Translation shooter is allowed stopped up.

Do not operate the turnouts at:

a) downed and curved in longitudinal and transverse direction or loosely adjacent to the frame rails and Shoe switch point;

b) switches disconnected rods;

c) closing the gap with the arrows 4 mm pressed between wisecracking and stock rail;

g) the absence of fixing the position of turnouts using clamps or other devices;

d) open ditches turnouts.

 

5.8.17. To exclude the dimensional changes of track laid in the operation must be installed between the rails and ties between the struts ways:

a) straight-line with a slope of 0.02 – four ties over 2.5 m, one of them with the protective device and one strut on the link;

b) on the curves of a radius of 10 m and a slope of more than 0.02 – four ties over 2.5 m, two of them with the protective device and two spacers. Ties and braces-section must be at least 4 cm .

c) cross-section and is heavy with spacers for mounting rail tracks in lifting mines, their number and the material from which they are made, determined by the project of works approved by the Chief Engineer.

 

5.8.18. When hauling contact electric haulage rails in joints, as well as all elements of turnouts and crossings must be connected, except linings, partitions, whose resistance must be equivalent to the resistance of the copper wires of 50 mm , a length of 520-560 mm. The ends of the webs have to be soldered to the steel and the lugs are welded to the bottom of the rail track on the outer side. All threads of track haulage drifts every 50 m to be securely interconnected by means of an electric conductor whose resistance is equivalent to the resistance of the copper conductor cross-section less than 50 mm .

 

8.5.19. All railway lines, not intended for contact with electric locomotives haul rocks, at points of contact with the conductive rails must be electrically isolated from the last two points separated by a distance equal to or greater than the maximum possible length of the composition.

 

8.5.20. On all trolleys and blokotyubingovozkah not equipped with automatic couplers must be on both sides of the buffer, acting on a minimum length of 150 mm and excluding mutual body blows. The schedule for implementation of the requirements established by agreement with the Gosgortechnadzor.

 

5.8.21. Breaking body trolleys must have a device that prevents unwanted tipping them.

 

5.8.22. Do not operate the rolling stock with bad traction and locking devices, chassis, brakes and curved outward more than 50 mm bulkhead.

 

8.5.23. Do not operate the locomotives, which are absent in the design roof cab, in the workings equipped catenary.

 

8.5.24. The distance between the trolleys for manual hauling should be at least 10 m with a slope on the tracks up to 0,005 and not less than 30 m – on the tracks with a slope of more than 0,005.

Not allowed manual hauling over a distance of 100 m units of rolling stock weighing more than 2 kg or thousand requiring efforts to haul more than 20 kg, and on slopes greater than 0.01.

 

8.5.25. At movement of rolling stock on rail tracks shall be prohibited:

a) push unlinked compositions cavil directly to the locomotive platforms and trolleys with a lengthy materials, as well as platforms, or trolleys, loaded above the upper envelope of the vehicle;

b) produce a manual coupling and uncoupling trolleys, used as couplers cuts rope, wire, and other materials at hand;

c) push convoys and cargo platforms using locomotive stops of boards, bars, etc., and also suitable for braking and holding rolling on inclines improvised.

 

8.5.26. When locomotive haulage to develop a slope of more than 0.01, the trains should be determined by the project of the works. Stopped at this composition bias trolleys should be podtormozhen inventory boots.

 

8.5.27. Long loads to be transported on special “goats” with an elongated rigid coupling with the mandatory presence of the side posts and sustainable loading cargo. In the composition between blokotyubingovozkoy or “goat” and the locomotive must necessarily be “buffer” trolley.

 

5.8.28. When hauling locomotive must be in the head of the convoy. Roll back using the locomotive located in the tail of, permitted only when maneuvering at a distance of not more than 200 m on a slope not exceeding 0,005, as well as in tunneling diameter less than 2.5 m with a speed of up to 4 km / h In this case, should be allocated special bugler with flashing lights and a whistle.

When tunneling inside diameter of 3 m and less permitted haul the entire length of production using the locomotive, which is located in the tail structure. In the production design work should be developed arrangements for the safe movement of goods and people in the tunnel.

 

8.5.29. The maximum possible part of the weight of the locomotive must be calculated according to the weight of trailer, train braking conditions, slope, and the way his condition. Workers should be instructed on the number of loaded or empty rolling stock units, which can be in either direction under specific conditions.

 

5.8.30. Braking distance of at maximum slope (downhill) for the carriage of goods shall not exceed 40 m, and transport people – 20 m

 

5.8.31. Mounting height of contact wire in all underground mines must be at least 1.8 m from the rail head, and every path must have its wire. Elektrovoznaya allowed to haul markets in the portal and in the dump soil suspension of contact wire at a height of 2.2 m, provided the haulage ways intersect carriageways or pedestrian paths.

 

5.8.32. Contact the network should be partitioned disconnectors, the distance between them should not exceed 250 m Sectional disconnectors must also be installed on all branches of the contact wire. Copper contact wire cross section must be at least 65 mm .

It is forbidden to hang or continue to use the contact wire wear which exceeded 30% for wire cross section of 100 mm and more than 20% – for the conductors 65 and 85 mm ² . forbidden to hang up or continue to use the contact wire wear which exceeded 30% for wire cross section of 100 mm

 

8.5.33. Suspension of the trolley wire in tunnels should be flexible on guyed. Procrastination on both sides of the trolley wire must be insulated from the holder, the distance from the support to each of the insulators should be no more than 0.3 m Trolleederzhatel must be isolated from the bolt.

Mount hangers to ducts is not permitted. In the galleries, places of formwork, ventilation doors allowed the stiffening of the trolley wire. The distance between the contact wire and the roof bar lining, as well as the current collector electric generating and lining up to protrusions rigidly attached equipment when the conductor must be at least 0.2 m height braces contact wire above the bottom of the pavement must be at least 2 m

The distance between the suspension points of contact wire in underground mines shall not exceed 5 meters on straight track and 3 m – on curves.

 

8.5.34. Contact the network must have the device (equipment) protection against electric shock to persons.

 

8.5.35. Contact wire at the loading of rock covers, stamping work on sites and the production of other works near it should be protected to securely protect people against electric shock or off.

At the time of the descent and ascent shift workers in the contact wire pit bottom must be switched off using the switch disconnect for at least 50 m from the trunk, in which people go up and down.

If you leave your work hauling duration per shift and more tension with the contact wire on the idle portion must be removed.

 

8.5.36. When two or more locomotives in the workings must be fitted dvuhsvetovaya alarm.

 

8.5.37. When powered catenary substations on several networks must be isolated from one another.

 

8.5.38. Contact the network must be repaired after removal of voltage, grounding contact wire hanging and warning signals.

 

5.8.39. Prohibited the loading and unloading of long and bulky materials and equipment in the workings when the contact line.

 

5.8.40. In mines where the contact wire is suspended, every 100 m, and at intersections with other roadways in curves and slopes must be posted glowing inscription warning that the live wire.

 

8.5.41. Rail haulage distances when electric battery should be grounded throughout. Distance between the ground shall not exceed 75 m

 

5.8.42. Space charge (battery) must be constructed of fire-resistant materials and self-assured, is not related to the overall system, a forced ventilation system in accordance with the approved design. Smoking in the firing chamber is prohibited.

Layout and decoration space charge must be carried out in accordance with the project.

 

8.5.43. Electrical equipment in the charging chamber must be explosion-proof. Permitted to use battery tester in normal version, but they measure the voltage permitted no earlier than 10 minutes after removing the cover from the battery box.

 

5.8.44. To prepare the electrolyte solution and fill them batteries should be used special tools, protecting against splashing and spilling electrolyte. Workers must be provided with protective goggles, rubber gloves and aprons. First aid for burns electrolyte in the charging chamber should be stored solutions or powders that neutralize sulfuric acid or alkali.

 

8.5.45. Battery cells should be equipped with devices allowing mechanized eat and posing battery electric boxes and may not charge the batteries directly to the locomotive.

During the construction of utility tunnels allowed charging batteries directly on the locomotive is placed in conjunction with a tunnel section or in the trunk. Such work may produce subject to the development of special regulations, part of WPP, which provides for additional security measures (ventilation rate, control over the content of hydrogen sulfide, extractor fan, etc.), while simultaneously charging no more than one battery.

 

5.8.46. While charging the battery electric battery box cover must be removed and the tube elements should be open. Battery box lid can be closed only after the termination of the battery gassing vessels, but no earlier than one hour after charging. Before issuing a battery in the charging should be checked its isolation from the body of the battery box. Insulation resistance of a battery must be at least 10000 0m. Do not put under the charge defective or contaminated batteries.

 

5.8.47. Do not operate the locomotives at fault buffers, coupling devices, brakes, sandboxes, lighting, signaling and interlocking devices, electrical faults and remedies.

Each locomotive must be provided or jack samostavom, shoes, tool kit and calibrated elektropredohranitelyami.

 

8.5.48. Derailment of rolling stock (locomotives, mine cars, blokotyubingovozok platforms for the delivery of long material) should be investigated by the rails face technical supervision to identify and eliminate the causes.

Work on lifting and setting on rails rolling stock must be carried out under the supervision of a person of technical supervision.

 

5.8.49. Rope haulage, including infinite, should be applied in accordance with a special project. The winch should be installed on a firm base and firmly reinforced. Around the winch must be free passage width not less than 0.7 m for staff.

 

5.8.50. With endless rope haulage distance between trolleys must be at least 5 m Construction towbar must exclude the possibility of slipping on a tightrope.

 

5.8.51. When hauling cable trolleys for engaging with each other, and to attach them to the rope should be used hitch and devices that do not allow arbitrary decoupling.

 

8.5.52. Rings, thrust coupling trolleys and tow hooks for infinite and locomotive otkatok must pay not less than six-fold margin of safety, and trailing arms at the end haulage – at least tenfold safety margin with respect to the maximum static load at which they are applied.

 

 

 

 

9. Self-propelled equipment ENGINES

INTERNAL COMBUSTION in underground mines

9.1. The order of operation and maintenance of machines with internal combustion engines (ICE), including refueling points machines and their temporary sludge should be determined by the project.

 

9.2. To control the machine with the engine specialists should have been trained in TRAINING (points) and received a Certificate for machines in underground conditions.

 

9.3. Transportation of people allowed only in specially provided for this purpose machinery and trailers to them prefabricated. Trailers must be equipped with braking systems and warning lights at the rear.

 

9.4. Machine should move to develop at a rate to the safety of people and equipment, but not more than 20 km / h Turnout at the speed of their cars should be reduced to 10 km / h

 

Note. On straight sections of the horizontal working in length over 500 m maximum speed and empty freight cars can be increased to 40 km / h At this speed machines for more than 20 km / h set chief engineer organizations in coordination with local Gosgortechnadzor.

 

9.5. Free passage for people and the roadway in haulage roadways should be separated pointers. In mines where permissible speed machines of more than 20 km / h, and in inclined workings device footpaths should exclude them hitting the bumper bar setting machines, lifting footpaths etc.

 

9.6. Roadbed in the workings must be flat, providing motion machines without jerks and jolts. In those cases, when the soil is composed of the workings of unstable rock slopes Driving trucks to the formation of irregularities, the road must get paved.

 

9.7. In the mines, which are moving self-propelled machines should be installed standard traffic signs regulating movement. Signposting scheme approved by the chief engineer of the organization.

 

9.8. When two-way traffic in the development of the headlights should be such as to avoid blinding oncoming traffic drivers (dipped beam, sidelights).

 

9.9. Lighting the need for excavation, which operated self-propelled machines, chief engineer of the organization is determined by taking into account local conditions in coordination with local authorities Gosgortechnadzor.

 

9.10. All machines are working in underground mines must have a number and be assigned to specific individuals.

 

9.11. On machines must be installed or cockpit canopies, protecting the driver from falling pieces of the rock mass at the top and at the same time providing sufficient visibility.

 

Note. In applying the mountain LHD equipment in existing mines with a fixed roof or roof of the stable species install cab or visors are not mandatory. The distance from the driver’s seat to the most salient part of the roof must be at least 1.3 m

 

9.12. The machine must be loaded in such a way as to prevent its loss during the motion of the body pieces of the rock mass or other transported materials.

 

9.13. Towing faulty machines in underground workings must be made only by means of rigid coupling length of less than 1 m

Do not leave the self-propelled machines without measures against their spontaneous movement. With all the time stops on the way of self-propelled machines off lights is prohibited.

 

9.14. Each machine must be fitted with a fire-extinguishing installation.

 

9.15. On each machine should be started magazine inspection machine, control of the exploitation converter, exhaust gas analysis. The magazine is filled with the specific instructions of the equipment. Procedure for filling the magazine set chief engineer organization.

 

9.16. During the operation of the machine with the engine carried the following control over its technical condition:

a) before the beginning of every shift of the driver checks the technical condition of the car (with the assaying of individual devices). Test results are logged. If any safety devices work, is defective, the machine is prohibited to operate;

b) at least once a week mechanic area or on behalf of another person who has the appropriate qualifications, produces technical inspection of each machine working on the site. The car has not passed a weekly routine inspection, operate prohibited.

 

Note. Specified in paragraph “a” of every shift inspection machines for the transport of persons, should be made a face Technical Supervision. On admission the machine to transport people must be recorded in the log.

 

9.17. For use in the mine of each type (brand) vehicles with internal combustion engines must be authorized by local Gosgortechnadzor. Permission is granted on presentation of information about the organization of this type of machines under (brand) and their operating conditions in underground mines present requirements.

 

9.18. For each type of machines used in underground work must have the following information:

a) changes in all areas of the engine operating modes before and after gas treatment, the amount and the exhaust gas temperature, the concentration and the amount of carbon monoxide therein, oxides of nitrogen, and the solid filtrate aldehydes. These data are presented in the form of graphs or tables;

b) serial domestic brands of fuel allowed for use in the underground operation of the engine;

c) the rules of control and adjustment of the engine, which offers the least harmful exhaust gases;

g) the technical operation of machines, including the order and timing of current and capital repairs and preventive examinations depending on the number of operating hours or mileage in kilometers;

d) User manual converters.

 

9.19. Self-propelled vehicle shall be equipped with:

a) instruments that are in sight and the driver shows the speed of the machine;

b) audible alarm;

c) an hour meter or mileage in kilometers;

g) lighting fixtures (lights, stop sign, marker signals in width), providing the normal performance of work and safety of people at the same time. Where necessary, the machine must be installed reverse light illumination. Transport vehicle have to be equipped with rear stop lamp that is activated when braking.

 

Note. Mountain load-haul, haul cars and tractors with a constant speed in each gear, jumbo and other sedentary machines set speed indicators and brake lights are not necessarily.

 

9.20. In underground conditions allowed the use of diesel fuel with a flash point in closed crucible is not below 50 ° C and a sulfur content of 0.2% by weight.

 

9.21. The gaps between the outermost part of the vehicle and the wall (bolting) generation or placed in the development of equipment to be taken depending on the purpose and workings of the speed of movement of the machine:

a) openings, intended for transporting rocks, must be made – at least 1.2 m from the passage for persons and 0.5 m – on the opposite side. When the device footpath height of 0.3 m and a width of 0.8 m or device niches through 25 m clearance from the free passage of people can be reduced to 1 m Nishi should get height of 1.8 m, 1.2 m wide , a depth of 0.7 m;

b) in the workings intended for loading rock and its delivery to the development of transport, in the workings of repositories excavated at a speed machines 10 km / h and with the exclusion of the possibility of finding such workings of people without work-related machines – at least 600 mm on each side.

 

Note. In all cases, the free passage height of the whole production width should be at least 1.8 meters from the soil excavation.

 

At the beginning of excavation for which the motion of self-propelled vehicles pass people is not provided, shall be posted prohibiting signs illuminated.

 

9.22. In underground conditions are allowed to use engines, the exhaust gases which in any mode permitted concentration of harmful components does not exceed the values ​​given in Table. 4.

 

TABLE 4.

 

 

Notes.

1. Indicators to gas cleaning during operation are not checked and are only for the manufacturers.

2. Opacity is determined by the method of GOST 21293-75 and free acceleration factor “K” should not exceed 40%.

3. Carbon monoxide should be determined at a temperature of exhaust gas catalytic converter for not less than 250 ° C.

 

9.23. In production, where machines are running with the engine, must be supplied fresh air in an amount to decrease the concentration of harmful exhaust products in the mine atmosphere to sanitary standards, but not less than 5 m / min for 1 liter. s. nominal capacity of diesel engines and 6 m / min – rated power of gasoline engines.

 

9.24. All cars with a diesel engine must be equipped with two-stage exhaust gas cleaning system (catalytic and liquid), and the machine with petrol engines – catalytic converters.

On machines with diesel engine operated at low temperatures, allows only catalytic converters.

 

9.25. During operation, the composition of each of the undiluted exhaust gas of the diesel engine is checked after scrubbing idling at least once a month for carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides.

Machines that emit harmful gases in concentrations exceeding the maximum allowable shall be removed from service. Analysis of exhaust gases must be performed before operating the engine in underground conditions, after each repair, engine adjustments or long (more than two weeks) recess and during refueling of a new brand.

Analyses of nitrogen oxides must be done by “Method of determination of the total content of nitrogen oxides in the exhaust gases of internal combustion engines,” on the other gases – by methods adopted VGSCH.

 

9.26. Composition of the mine atmosphere at key locations of machines with internal combustion engines shall be determined on carbon monoxide and oxides of nitrogen (in the cabin) at least once a month. At each point in the period of the greatest number of vehicles shown in at least two samples with an interval of 5 min.

 

9.27. Do not operate the machine with the engine in dead mines, hazardous gas and dust.

 

9.28. Prohibited device in underground garages and warehouses lubricants.

 

9.29. Adjusting the engine on the machines in operation, must be carried out in specially designated for this purpose workings. Exhaust gases during the adjustment must be discharged directly to the outgoing stream.

 

9.30. On the device to regulate the fuel equipment must be installed seals ensure that none received the maximum cycle fuel injection timing and angle. The seal is placed face for causing the machine to operate.

Upon completion of scheduled maintenance and inspection of the engine seals and labeling of fuel equipment should be restored. Upon detection of violations of the seal and marking engine fuel equipment must be removed from service and sent to the control check adjustments.

 

9.31. Cars with petrol engines can be used only on fresh arrival in the jet without stub generation. As fuel gasoline vehicles should be used gasoline with an octane rating of at least 72. Use of leaded gasoline is prohibited.

 

9.32. Never use gasoline in underground work for any purpose other than fueling vehicles.

 

9.33. Carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxides in the exhaust gases of gasoline engine cars before and after the converter controlled prior to admission to the underground workings, as well as during operation in underground conditions within the time specified in paragraph 9.25.

Checking the engine is idling, for uniform motion with partial engine load and uniform motion with a full load of the engine.

 

9.34. Car engines operating in underground conditions must meet the following requirements:

carbon monoxide content of the exhaust gases in the selection of the sample to the neutralizer should not exceed:

2.8% – with the engine idling;

1.2% – in the uniform motion of a vehicle with partial engine load (throttle is not fully open);

4.5% – in the uniform motion of the car with a full load of the engine.

 

9.35. After adjustment of the fuel equipment and adjustable ignition system bodies (the needle position of the main dosing system, the idle screw and distributor) are fixed so as to prevent any violation of regulation by outsiders, and sealed.

 

9.36. Neutralization of exhaust gases imposed on automobiles, must be effective in achieving the exhaust gas temperature of 300 ° C at the inlet to 70%.

 

9.37. The work of each machine must be considered in kilometers or duty hours. After every 250 hours of engine operation or 2500 km should be performed preventative maintenance to the extent provided by the manufacturer.

After 2600 hours of operation, the engine is removed from the machine, regardless of its technical condition. Lifetime overhauled engine – 1600 hrs

 

9.38. Neutralizer drive installed instead of the muffler.

 

 

10. Pumping

10.1. For each object of underground construction project should be provided the means and methods with the definition of drainage main parameters, precinct (intermediate) and downhole drainage installations.

 

10.2. Camera main drainage installation shall be located not more than 10 m from the trunk. Gender pumping chambers must beat above haulage ways at least 0.5 m

In the pumping chambers should be tools for assembly, disassembly and repair.

 

10.3. Main drainage installations shall be equipped with at least three pump units (groups of pumps) at the rate of one – in the second – in reserve, the third – to repair. Working units should ensure maximum daily inflow pumping for 20 hours

When two or more operating units in the group total number of units in reserve and repair should not be less than the number of operating units.

When shaft sinking regardless of water flow is allowed to use a false pump with obligatory presence of a standby pump on the surface near the trunk.

In the intermediate pump stations and drainage downhole pumps amount determined by the project of the works.

During the construction of utility tunnels allowed to produce pumping water directly from sumps trunks without special camera device. When this drainage installations can be equipped with one pump unit, in consultation with the regional body Gosgortechnadzor Russia.

 

10.4. Each of the main drainage pumping units must be equipped with a pressure gauge, ammeter and voltmeter.

 

10.5. All major dewatering equipment shall be equipped with a water level alarms with a signal at the point of finding permanent staff on duty. In operation, the main non-automated drainage installations shall be provided four-hour duty staff.

 

10.6. Main drainage installations shall be equipped with at least two of the drainage pipes, one of which is redundant. Working piping must be designed for the issuance of the mine daily inflow of water for no more than 20 hours Reserve pipes must have a cross section of the pipeline workers.

When two or more units of the total number of workers becoming drainage must be at least three.

 

10.7. Pressure pipes in the pumping chamber of the main drainage shall be electrically connected and equipped with valves so that each pump unit could run on any of the drainage pipe.

 

10.8. In the main chamber drainage should be working and emergency lighting, fire protection and posted: manual pumping systems, piping diagram labeled valves and gates, power supply circuit.

 

10.9. All dewatering equipment shall be inspected daily mechanic area or a designated person, the main drainage installations, in addition, at least once a week – as a chief mechanic organization. The results of the inspection shall be entered in the “Book of inspection drainage installations” (Appendix 16).

 

10.10. Water from the workings of faces should be given in the ditches, gutters or pipes into the main drainage cisterns or auxiliary pumping systems. Dimensions drainage devices must be designed for the maximum expected inflow. Flooding decking and haul routes is prohibited.

All water taking device and cisterns must be cleaned regularly.

 

10.11. In dead-end roadways used by pumping chambers, with their length of 10 meters should be forced ventilation.

 

10.12. Each facility must be carried out regularly, but not less than once every six months, mine water inflow measurements and chemical analysis.

 

11. ELECTRICAL NETWORK AND electroload

 

11.1. ELECTRICAL NETWORK

 

11.1.1. For the electrical installations on the surface claim existing Regulations for Electrical and Regulations for the Operation of electrical installations and safety rules for the operation of electrical consumers. These rules are mandatory for underground electrical installations, if they do not contradict this Regulation.

 

11.1.2. Organizations should be established service commissioning of electrical equipment, communications and automatic isolation control cable networks, which during the construction period shall adjustment and control of good and safe operation of electrical equipment, communications and automatic isolation control cable networks.

 

11.1.3. Electrotechnical staff serving the power plant on the construction of subways and tunnels must have a qualifying group of safety not less than III for units with electrical voltage to
1000 V and below IV – for installations with electrical voltage above 1000 V.

 

11.1.4. For power supply for construction of tunnels and underground substations should be used indoor and outdoor.

Reliability of external power substation project object should be determined depending on the method of construction, hydrogeological and other conditions and should not be taken below the Category II according to the SAE.

Reliability of supply from the substation electroreceivers object must be taken according to current recommendations for designing and apparatus temporary electricity in the construction of subways and tunnels, with electricity the most critical groups electroreceivers: mine hoist, drainage, dewatering systems, the main fan installation, lighting workings and low pressure compressor units when working in caissons must be carried out by two independent power sources.

Allowed the construction of electricity utility tunnels with a degree of reliability for Category III, if electrical power interruptions cause no threat to the security of employees, as mining and the environment. If necessary, improving the reliability of power supply may be used as a backup power supply mobile power.

 

11.1.5. In the underground workings in the construction of subways and tunnels should use insulated neutral transformers and generators. Exceptions are special transformers designed for power conversion devices contact locomotive haulage.

 

11.1.6. During the construction of sewer tunnels in cities, where possible from existing electricity substations, electricity is allowed for the use of underground electrical networks with earthed neutral supply transformers under the following technical measures:

a) protection of the trunk and branches to the current-short circuit should be instantaneous automata responding to current overload in any phase. Setting current release machine should correspond to the upper limit of the operating current of the protected area network;

b) monitoring the condition of the insulation and the current collectors networks should be carried out using high-speed (0.05 in) Protective isolating device (30 UP, AK-2443) to the setting leakage current less than 0.01 amps;

c) the presence in all branches of the main line re-grounding neutral conductors cables.

The resistance value of each of the current spreading repeated grounding devices must be no more than 2 ohms;

g) conduct before starting work and periodically once every three months insulation resistance measurements of electric and current collectors, re-resistance grounding devices, loop impedance “phase-zero” design with results protocols supporting electrical work;

d) to protect people from electric shock when a voltage on a piece of equipment not normally energized, must be done in conjunction with the vanishing of the protective tripping device (ZOUP) and circuit-breakers with overcurrent protection (cut-off).

Time off the damaged part of the network should not exceed 0.2 seconds.

Action (operation) protective disconnection device (ZOUP) button must be checked before each shift. Checking ZOUP during his trip should be done at least once every 6 months;

f) maintenance of blasting in underground mine using electric detonators must be made during a power outage.

 

11.1.7. In electrical networks, voltage up to 1140 V with isolated neutral to protect people should use protective grounding and continuous automatic monitoring of network isolation with the action to disable the damaged network and signal separately for each working face, generation. Total breaking time network section with damaged insulation should not exceed 0.2 s at a voltage of 660 V and 0.12 s – with voltage 1140 V.

 

11.1.8. Checks of vehicles insulation monitors and disconnecting devices are:

- Electrical mechanic on duty every shift;

- Daily responsible for the electrical portion;

- Once a week, chief energy organization.

The verification results shall be recorded in the “Book of records verifying operation of electrical insulation monitors and electricity” (Appendix 18).

During the construction of utility tunnels checks of insulation monitoring devices and isolating device is made at least 1 time per week as an electrician and a tunnel section chief energy company at least 1 time in 3 months.

 

11.1.9. Electricity consumers terrestrial (HLG, lifting equipment, dewatering, compressor installations, temporary facilities and on-site lighting, electricity works on development of building sites) allowed networks of up to 1000 V with earthed neutral. Protection of persons against electric shock should be performing vanishing.

 

11.1.10. Each building plot (object) must have:

- Schematic diagram of the executive power supply;

- Executive layout electrical schematic plan applied to the mine workings;

- Circuit grounding device;

- “Book of records verifying operation of electrical insulation monitors and electricity”;

- “Book of electrical insulation resistance test and elekrosetey” (Annex 19);

- “Book of accounting checks electrical grounding” (Annex 20);

- Journal of issuing protective equipment for individual use;

- Online magazine.

Operational technical documentation is, adjusts and stores responsible for the electrical portion (object).

All changes must be made in electrical circuits to the appropriate urgency.

 

11.1.11. At each start-up dispenser must be clearly marked to indicate includes the installation or network, as well as setting tripping the overcurrent protection or the rated current of fuse-links.

Prohibited the use of fuses without cartridges and uncalibrated fusible links.

 

11.1.12. During the construction of subways and tunnels are allowed to use the following electrical network:

- For power loads – three-phase AC line voltage insulated neutral 380, 660 and 1140, inclusive;

- For contact locomotive haulage – DC voltage up to 300 inclusive;

- Remote control for mobile mining equipment and machinery – AC voltage to 42 inclusive;

- For structures on the surface – in accordance with the EMP and specifications supply organization to join loads and construction mechanization.

To supply some powerful electric energy receivers, mobile substations and transformers installed in mines, application of electrical cabling systems with insulated neutral in the underground environment variable voltage up to 10 kV. Project should be made to protect such networks from short circuit and earth leakage.

 

11.1.13. Transmission and distribution of electrical energy in underground cables must be used with shells, a protective cover or mastic coatings and flame retardant.

 

11.1.14. During the construction period should apply the following cables with shells and the protective cover and flame retardant:

- For installation on horizontal and oblique (45 °) workings – armored cables in the lead, aluminum or PVC sheath;

- For installation on vertical and sloping (over 45 °) workings – power and control cables with wire armor in the lead, aluminum or PVC sheath with depleted or nestekayuschey impregnated insulation.

Permitted to supply mobile machinery, as well as portable consumer voltage up to 660 V inclusive application hose cables.

You can use non-armored cables with non-combustible insulation pads provided they avoid damage when coming off the rolling stock, as well as the machines are running.

 

11.1.15. At the end razdelok all cables and electrical service must be posted raspredpunktah tag indicating the value, brand and cable cross-section.

Prohibited from joining cable cores to the terminals of transformers, motors and machines without tips, special crown (vane) washers or other equivalent devices to prevent the dismemberment of the strands of the cable.

Prohibited from joining multiple cores cables to one terminal (starter, transformer, etc.), if the clip design such a device is not provided.

Connect the flexible armored cable in power circuits should be connected via terminals unit (starter machine) and permitted by bus or boxes couplings prefabrication.

 

11.1.16. In mines, hazardous gas or dust, prohibits the use of cables with aluminum conductors and aluminum cladding.

 

11.1.17. In underground electrical network voltage up to 110 V should be protection:

a) transformers and each of them joining the exhaust short circuit – breakers with overcurrent protection or fuse link;

b) the supply of electric motors and their cables short circuit, overload, zero;

c) electrical network from dangerous ground leakage currents – breakers complete with current leakage relay electrically connected to the entire network. The total length of the network cable must not exceed 3 km.

Setting value of current relay overcurrent circuit breakers should be calculated and indicated in the diagram of power supply section.

 

11.1.18. Flex cable, mobile feeding mechanism (loader, excavator, shuttle car, etc.), should be suspended. Adjacent to the car part hose cable can be laid on the ground for no more than 30 m in compliance with measures to prevent the risk of damage. At the end of the mobile mechanism of the cable must be unplugged.On flexible rubber cables for mobile machinery allowed to have no more than four vulcanized schalok for every 100 m cable length.

 

11.1.19. Do not hold flexible cables under tension as “bays” and “eights”. This requirement does not apply to the case when the performance conditions mining and construction machines (stackers, suspended pumps, etc.) provides a flexible supply cable on a special device or trolley.

 

11.1.20. Cables laid in horizontal and inclined workings with temporary supports with up to 45 °, should be hung loosely, with sag and placed at such a height as to prevent damage to cables moving machinery and vehicles. Span suspension cable should be no more than 3 m, and the distance between the cables – at least 5 cm

 

11.1.21. Cables installed in inclined workings with an angle of 45 ° to 85 °, must be rigidly fixed by clamps, staples or other devices, unloading cable from the action of its own weight. Support spacing should not exceed 3 meters

 

11.1.22. Cables installed in vertical and inclined workings with an angle greater than 85 °, should have a rigid mount. Distance between places of fastening of the cable must not be more than 7 m

 

11.1.23. Cables installed on the well, must be attached to a steel cable using the securing devices, unloading cable from its own weight, the design of which is determined by the project.

 

11.1.24. Electrical wiring on the scaffolding, scaffolding must be made flexible cable or wire hose.

 

11.1.25. Apply uninsulated wires for electrical power and lighting networks in underground mines are not allowed.

Prohibited joint cabling and ventilation rubber pipes. The latter should be laid on the opposite side of the excavation.

 

11.1.26. Allowed connection between a flexible cables requiring disconnection during operation via plug sockets. At the same box with contact sockets (female) must be installed on the supply side of electricity. Plug couplings must have the electric lock, eliminating cable connection or disconnection under stress.

Mass coupling should not be transmitted to the cable.

 

 

 

11.2. ELECTRICAL

 

11.2.1. In underground mines, no hazardous gas and dust should be applied electrical machines, transformers and equipment in the performance specified in Table 5.

TABLE 5.

 

 

11.2.2. In underground mines, hazardous gas (methane, hydrogen, hydrogen sulfide, gasoline fumes, etc.) and dust shall apply explosion-proof electrical equipment.

 

11.2.3. In use in underground workings power and lighting transformers and switching equipment containing oil, is prohibited (except for high-cell explosion proof).

Application of oil-filled transformers or electrical equipment may be permitted provided that they are located in fireproof chambers with lockable doors and under each oil-filled unit with the amount of oil over 75 kg provided the weep holes with gravel cushion.

 

11.2.4. At least once a quarter should be made insulation resistance and electrical power grids. Insulation resistance measurement results needed to be inserted in the “Book of accounting test the insulation of electrical equipment and power grids.” Any faults in the electrical insulation of electrical equipment and power grids must be repaired immediately.

 

 

11.3. UNDERGROUND central distribution point

11.3.1. Camera electrical installations should be placed in a special formulation, adjacent to pit bottom. Allowed if the dimensions allow the device in accordance with the project mezzanine type cameras on the ceiling in the pit bottom.

The cells are longer than 10 m should be two exits located in the most far-flung parts of the camera.

Camera electrical installations should be made of non-combustible materials.

During the construction of utility tunnels camera electrical installations and distribution centers are located in areas of special non-combustible surface.

 

11.3.2. Floor level cameras switchgear and transformer substations adjacent to the pit bottom, should be above the level of the rail head at least 0.5 m

 

11.3.3. Chamber must be closed metal doors opening outwards and do not interfere with the movement in the open position to develop.

Solid metal doors must be fitted with vents close when the need to stop access of air into the chamber.

Allowed to arrange metal lattice doors with additional solid doors. These door and vent windows (holes) of the chamber must be closed in case of fire.

 

11.3.4. Doors, where there is no constant attendants should lockable.

Live parts of the switchgear, Shitov assemblies available for neelektrotehnicheskogo personnel must be protected by solid fences.

 

11.3.5. Log into the camera electrical distribution board is permitted only attendants. At the entrance to the chamber must be posted warning sign “No Trespassing.”

 

11.3.6. The floors in the chambers before electricity distribution switchboard and behind it the entire length of the shield should be covered:

- At up to 380 inclusive – wooden bars on insulators or insulating mats,

- At a voltage exceeding 380 V – wooden bars on insulators, additionally coated insulating mats.

 

11.3.7. Passages behind and in front switchgear must be a minimum of 1 m

Bare live parts that are above the passageway at a height of less than 2.5 m, should be protected by solid mesh or mixed species barriers.

 

11.3.8. In the approach of transport and temporary lifting mines high power transformers should be installed under the project with special niches lining of concrete or metal.

 

11.4. PROTECTIVE EARTH, GROUND

 

11.4.1. At the construction site should arrange general earthing network to which you want to attach all be grounded objects and local grounding. Overall earthing network shall have a continuous electrical connection.

Grounding metal parts subject to electrical devices, normally energized, but which may become live in the event of damage to the insulation and metal pipes, signal cables, etc., located in excavations in which there are electrical installation and wiring. These requirements do not apply to the metal lining, with dead rails, as well as the suspension of pipes, cables.

As a conductor connecting the local grounding should be used steel armor and lead sheath of armored cables or other conductors.

The total resistance of the earthing network, measured in the most remote places on earth electrode shall not exceed two ohms. In case of excess of the quantity necessary to arrange re-grounders. As the main earthing used ground loop QFT CSGN; repeated as earthing can be used earthing hosted in sump sump and local grounding.

 

11.4.2. Ground Position (group of settings) should be achieved by earthing and grounding conductors. As earthing must be used in mines, steel sheets measuring at least 0.75 m ² , a thickness of not less than 5 mm, placed in the sump or the sump and steel pipes with a diameter of 50 mm and a length of not less than 2 m, placed in the drilled hole a depth of not less than 1.5 m may be used as an earthing metal tunnel lining and in this case it must be connected to the grounding obscheshahtnoy network.

Subject to ground must join separate grounding conductor cross-section of steel not less than 50 mm (copper not less than 25 mm ) directly to earth ground or to a collection ground conductor (bus loop). In the latter case the prefabricated drain wires, in turn, must be connected to ground by means of metal strips or cable section not less than 50 mm .

Earthing should be connected to the grid grounding conductors of the same cross section.

 

11.4.3. Ground loop in the chamber for electric traction substation contact haulage except joining the local earth ground and obscheshahtnoy grounding network must be connected to the current-carrying rails used as a reverse catenary wire, or rails connected to negative pole of a direct current (rectifier unit).

In addition, the traction substation for electric contact reversion to the network ground should join the live rails, used as a reverse catenary wires.

 

11.4.4. Grounding electrical DC in close proximity to the rails, should be carried out by a reliable connection to the grounding design rails used as a reverse catenary wires.

 

11.4.5. The metal shell and the grounding conductor DC cable must be electrically grounded on only one side by means of their attachment to the negative pole of the rectifier unit. Bilateral ground shells and grounding lived DC cables are not allowed.

 

11.4.7. Ground mobile and portable electrical equipment connected to the mains flexible cable connection must be effected by equipment enclosures with obscheshahtnoy network grounding grounding lived through flexible cables to be connected to the internal ground terminal provided in the cable entries.

 

11.4.8. In the construction of tunnels with metal lining of electrical, devices, machines and mechanisms can be grounded on the lining. In this case, the metal lining should be an integral part obscheshahtnoy grounding device.

 

11.4.9. During the construction of the tunnels team block or monolithic concrete lining must be installed assembly grounding conductor (circuit).

May be used as a ground loop rail track with ground all along the way. The distance between the ground points determined by calculation.

 

11.4.10. Ground network of production facilities on the surface, freezing stations, dewatering facilities, workshops, etc. must be connected to protective earthing of substations, power stations or other earth electrodes. In installations up to 1 kV neutral to earth should be made vanishing. And the resistance of the grounding device to which are attached neutral transformers, generators at line voltage of 380 V, should be less than 4 ohms.

 

11.4.11. In the construction of tunnels open pit earthing grounding circuit can serve electrosubstations or hammered into the ground metal mounting piles of excavation, etc., if the measured ground resistance metal piles will be no more than 1.25 ohms.

 

11.4.12. Grounding conductors must be available for inspection and protected from mechanical damage and corrosion.

 

11.4.13. After each repair of electrical equipment and electric check the operation of their grounding devices.

 

 

 

11.5. Electric welding and flame WORK

11.5.1. When carrying out electric and gas-flame operations necessary to fulfill the requirements of the SNP and these Rules. Work must be performed in accordance with the Regulations for the production of welding and other hot work in underground mines and pithead (Appendix 6).

 

11.5.2. When performing electrical welding work in flooded roadways with nezachekanennoy lining of all electric welding unit with AC power source must be equipped with automatic removal of the open circuit voltage or limit it to 12 with a time delay of not more than 0.5.

 

 

 

11.6. ELECTRIC

11.6.1. When operating manual electric tools necessary to perform the requirements of the PTE and PTB.

 

11.6.2. In workings constructed with nezachekanennoy lining of food for manual electric machines and tools (drills, hammers, power saws, etc.) should be applied voltage (linear) not more than 127 V.

 

 

 

11.7. TELEPHONY

11.7.1. Each mine must be equipped with telephones. All telephone lines underground in the mines shall be of dual operating voltage not exceeding 80 V.

Excavation utility tunnels longer than 0.3 km should be in the presence of local telephone communication with the construction site slaughter.

Construction sites, having in its composition administrative buildings should be equipped with an external telephone lines with access to the PBX.

When the timing of construction of up to 6 months may be the lack of telephone communication on construction sites, provided they are at a distance less than 1 km from the other building sites with a telephone, or in the presence of a phone booth in a radius of 0.5 km. Inability to fulfill these conditions to be equipped with a radio system.

 

11.7.2. Telephones must be installed at main haulage and transport of goods, in all-electric cells with on-duty personnel, chambers main drainage installations, the trunk, the VM in stock, in the infirmary, as well as at the locations provided emergency response plans.

 

11.7.3. Food equipment underground telephone must be done with a linear voltage not exceeding 220 V from the lighting network and rectifying devices or batteries.

11.7.4. Communication lines in underground workings must be met:

- Main lines – cables with rubber, PVC or lead sheathed. Lead sheathed cables should have the armor;

- Subscriber (distribution) lines – cables with a rubber or PVC jacket. Perform field wiring lines is allowed only in the workings, not hazardous gas and dust.

 

11.7.5. Laying of communication cables should be carried out on the side of underground excavation, free from the power cables, and in failing to meet this requirement – at a distance of not less than 0.2 m from the power cables.

 

 

 

11.8. LIGHTING

11.8.1. When the device, operation and maintenance of lighting systems in underground mines and open construction sites must comply with the requirements of the SNP and these Rules.

 

11.8.2. Network operating and emergency lighting should be separate. Fixtures emergency and evacuation lighting can have a network and must be attached to a separate independent power supply or automatically switch to it in emergency mode.

During the construction of utility tunnels allowed to use in underground workings single network operating and emergency lighting with two independent power sources.

 

11.8.3. Lighting should be executed in accordance with the requirements of Regulation (Table 5 § 11.2.1).

Types of lighting and light sources should be selected in accordance with the recommendations of the Guide for the lighting of underground workings and open construction sites during the construction of subways and tunnels.

 

11.8.4. In lighting networks is permitted to use a voltage not exceeding 220 V. For lighting faces in flooded mines, as well as tunneling machines and mechanisms (boards, pavers tunnel lining, mobile metal scaffolding, drilling installations and units, etc.) and non-stationary (hanging, floor and table) voltage lighting fixtures networks should not be higher than 42 V. Move unsteady lamps permitted only after disconnecting them from the network. For handheld portable lamps permitted voltage not exceeding 12 V.

 

11.8.5. In an emergency (evacuation) lighting in mines allowed to use headphones or manual battery and other fixtures for personal use, provided that each descended into mines such lamp.

Approved as several evacuation lighting, but at least two lamps on the team.

 

11.8.6. Each accumulator should be provided with a lamp room, a head lamp, moreover, must be secured for workers.

Rechargeable lamps issued workers should ensure the normal duration of continuous burning at least 10 hours.

 

11.8.7. At each organization using individual rechargeable lamps, lamp shall be arranged.

Lamp for rechargeable lamps, except for the premises for storing them, must also have space:

- For dismantling and cleaning lamps;

- To prepare the electrolyte and fill the batteries;

- For storing electrolyte;

- For battery charging;

- For rectifiers;

- Ancillary facilities (workshops, pantries, etc.).

Design and operation of lamp shall be in accordance with the requirements of SAE, PTE and PTB.

During the construction of utility tunnels premises tube device required for storage, battery charging and maintenance of lamps shall be in accordance with the project.

 

11.8.8. In underground mining, tunneling to the machinery on construction sites should be organized regularly monitor light.

 

11.8.9. Installation and cleaning fixtures, changing blown bulbs and repairs must be performed by a network electricians with de-energized.

 

11/08/10. For illumination of warning posters allowed to use the DC voltage of the trolley wire. Attach the cables to the contact wire you need to use special clamps, and the rail – via a bolt and washer. Section of the cable from the rail to the side walls of development and the wall to the height of the rolling stock must be protected pipe.

 

 

 

12. FIRE PROTECTION

12.1. On all construction sites of underground facilities monitor the implementation of the established requirements for fire safety provided VGSCH units.

Authorities carried out a legally on these sites monitor the implementation of fire safety requirements of building regulations in the projects of these objects and in the process of acceptance into service.

 

12.2. Fire protection excavations shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Instructions for fire protection in mining construction of subways, tunnels and other underground structures (Appendix 7).

Fire protection of underground construction and implemented in accordance with the draft fire Shiites approved by Chief Engineer and approved by the regional authorities and VGSCH Gosgortechnadzor Russia.

 

12.3. For each object of underground construction project must be drafted fire protection as part of the project construction organization.

 

12.4. Each underground construction must be ensured by means of fire prevention devices and fire in accordance with the approved design of fire protection.

Prohibited conduct works on objects that are not equipped with fire devices and do not provide a set of fire-fighting equipment.

 

12.5. Order of the organization must be assigned to the person responsible for fire safety of underground workings and construction site.

Responsibility for the state fire safety jobs lies with the workers who perform work on them. In the case of joint work of several organizations responsible for fire safety shall be general contractor. Ensuring subcontractor fire means entrusted to general contractor.

 

12.6. All the workers, engineers and technicians should be aware of how to fire alarm, call VGSCH units and trained how to behave during a fire, self-rescue and fire extinguishing tools available (PLA).

 

12.7. Any person who discovers a fire, or the appearance of any signs of a fire, shall immediately notify the person of technical supervision or management of the organization.

 

12.8. All buildings and structures on the surface of the construction site shall comply with the fire protection industry, and the building immediately adjacent to the mouth of the tunnel, and the mouth of the tunnel lining shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.

 

12.9. The whole territory near the mouth of the tunnel (trunk) before the construction of surface facilities shall be in accordance with the draft cleared of forest, shrub, peat and other vegetation, and combustible materials.

 

12.10. Never place the warehouses of fuels and lubricants, fuel dumps and spontaneously combustible rocks and boiler slag closer than 100 m from the mouth of the tunnel (the trunk). These stores must be located in accordance with the project, subject to the prevailing wind direction.

 

12.11. Do not store timber and other combustible materials in underground mines, clutter and clutter the aisles used wood. In the mines in the vicinity of the place of work must only be stored emergency supply timber and materials necessary to perform the work.

 

12.12. Do not store in the underground workings of fresh and spent fuel and lubricants, oxygen cylinders, acetylene and other flammable gases in excess of requirements necessary to perform the work defined by PPR.

 

12.13. Lubricants must be delivered to the place of work in the metal fitting container. Cleaning materials may be transported to the work site and stored there for a change in metal boxes with lids in an amount not exceeding the replacement needs. Used cleaning materials should be disposed of every shift mining in closed metal boxes.

 

12.14. Washed and cleaned and drill hammers in underground mines is permitted only in specially constructed chambers, fixed supports from non-combustible materials, equipped with metal doors and unfunded fire and ventilation.

 

12.15. Elektrokamery in underground workings must be provided with carbon dioxide fire extinguisher.

 

12.16. Hot work in underground workings must be conducted in accordance with the Regulations for the production of welding and other hot work in underground mines and pithead (Appendix 6).

 

12.7. Work to eliminate fires in underground workings must be performed in accordance with the emergency plan.

 

12.18. By reducing and other works are allowed to start only after the fire is completely extinguished, development and ventilated analysis showed no in mine air toxic gases.

 

 

 

13. Sanitary SOFTWARE

 

13.1. Prior to the start of production of major works on the construction of underground facilities in accordance with the construction project should be completed all work on:

a) the construction and equipment of sanitary facilities;

b) installation and commissioning of the ventilation system for ventilation of mine workings;

c) providing technical facility and drinking water, the organization of temporary drains.

 

13.2. Distance from ablutions (SBP) to the shaft or portal shall not exceed 200 m

Permitted location sled mining domestic premises at the base site. This should be ensured delivery workers at construction sites in their distance from the base of the mine over a distance of 1 km.

 

13.3. As part of SBP should be provided and equipped with:

a) walk-in closets for storing everyday wear;

b) walk-in closets for clothing;

c) showers;

g) washrooms in a separate room or in the dressing room;

d) space for women’s personal hygiene;

e) fotary transmission type and group inhalation;

g) space for drying towels and clothing;

h) the restrooms;

and) separating the device for operating drinking water.

 

13.4. The internal layout of SBP should exclude mixing streams of working in everyday and working clothes.

 

13.5. SBP should have forced-air ventilation, heating, sanitation and centrally supplied with hot and cold water at the rate of 500 liters per hour per shower grid.

Sourcing SBP hot and cold water are determined by the PIC.

 

13.6. Cranes with mixing devices should be placed side cockpit and have clear signs of cold and hot water. Pipes that lead the hot water should be insulated or fencing to a height of 2 m above the floor.

 

13.7 The floors in the shower, washroom, bathroom feminine hygiene, dressing room, laundry room, dressing room, storage room overalls should be water-resistant non-slip surface having a slope to the ramp for water drainage.

In the locker rooms and showers, moreover, must be laid grooved rubber or plastic mats legkomoyuschiesya.

 

13.8. From the dressing rooms everyday and working clothes should be provided separate entrances into the shower.

Log in SBP from the construction site must be equipped with a device for cleaning boots.

 

13.9. Size of the room for drying clothes and shoes, its capacity should provide reliable drying at maximum load during a break between shifts at work.

 

13.10. As part of SBP should provide space for dedusting clothing, footwear repair, laundry or dry cleaning with separate facilities for collecting and issuing scrubbing dirty clothes.

Overalls, contaminated with lead, dinitrophenol, other harmful substances must be decontaminated beforehand.

 

13.11. Storage space for special and casual wear should be equipped with individual lockers.

In some cases, permitted storage group overalls on the shoulders.

 

13.12. At the work site all workers, engineers and technicians engaged both on the surface and in the subsurface conditions should be provided with potable water that meets the requirements of current GOST.

Employees serving drinking water, must undergo a medical examination on a quarterly basis.

 

13.13. In the faces remote from the portal trunk or more than 500 m must be set first aid kit with medicines for emergency care, as well as skid-type stretcher with a solid bed of allowing transport the victim directly to the surface.

Supervision of the availability and condition of kits and stretchers laid on duty paramedic, and in his absence – the chief of the area.

 

13.14. Every single object underground construction must have medical center, equipped with all means of communication production sites and the nearest medical institutions, with the obligatory medical staff around the clock.

 

13.15. All workers should be trained and have practical skills of first aid and transportation of accident victims.

 

13.16. For transporting the injured or ill at work in the infirmary of the hospital organization that is not served by specialized ambulances, should have an ambulance, which in the winter should be additionally equipped with warm clothing and blankets.

When the number of employees over 1000 people – two cars.

 

13.17. Each worker and engineering workers engaged in construction of underground facilities shall be provided in accordance with standard rules and trained in the use of special clothing, footwear and personal protection equipment (PPE).

Those without helmets, clothing, footwear and PPE, as well as deviating from their use, the work should not be done.

 

13.18. All working directly on machines, with hand tools, which generate higher noise levels, as well as persons in them at a distance of less than 50 m in length shall be provided with additional means of personal hearing protection (antiphons, earplugs or headphones).

 

13.19. Workers serving machinery, generating higher levels of vibration, vibration-proof must be provided with special gloves and shoes on anti-vibration soles.

 

13.20. Drying and dedusting overalls must be performed after each work shift, laundry or dry cleaning – as necessary, but not less than once a month.

 

13.21. For storage, issuance and maintenance of respirators in the organization should be created respirator.

Change filters in them should be done when the resistance of 10 mm water column on a standard air flow.

 

13.22. At the construction of underground structures in all areas of dust must be taken effective measures to their localization and reduce dust levels to the level of air pollution existing sanitary norms.

 

13.23. Organization is obliged to determine in advance in a specialized laboratory composition of dust generated in the working area for process and establish indicators MPC dust and rock faces silikozoopasnye (output) depending on the content of free silica (Table 6).

 

13.24. In areas of dust must be regularly sampled air in accordance with the Regulations for air sampling (Appendix 4). The results are recorded in the “Book of accounting results of analyzes of samples of air and dust gassed” (Appendix 17).

In silikozoopasnyh faces such measurements must be made at least twice a month.

 

TABLE 6.

 

 

13.25. To protect your face and hands of workers from exposure to hazardous substances, as well as the blood-sucking insects, it is necessary to issue special ointments, creams, sprays and repellents.

 

13.26. At a distance of 75 m from the work site for the construction of underground structures shall be equipped with temporary heating working items, shelter from rain and solar radiation.

In autumn and winter they must be supported by the air temperature +24 ± 2 ° C.

 

13.27. With work in the area of ​​frozen soil must:

a) a set of overalls working to include underwear, sweater, overalls, padded pants, padded jacket, canvas boots, a hat under the helmet;

b) in paragraph heating additionally mount heaters hand with surface temperature +40 ± 2 ° C or elektropolotentsa;

c) every 40 minutes to provide operating manual Percussive breaks of up to 15 min.

 

13.28. In underground mines during the construction project should be provided for the construction of temporary latrines, conforming to sanitary standards. They must be placed in dry excavations isolated from groundwater.

 

13.29. Each organization should have a set of tools and instruments necessary for the operational control of working conditions in the workplace.

Control over labor conditions in the workplace can be done on a contractual basis relevant specialized companies and institutions.

 

14. RESPONSIBILITY FOR VIOLATION OF SAFETY

 

14.1. Officials of organizations involved in the construction of subways and underground structures, as well as engineering and technical personnel of institutions engaged in the design, research and other work for organizations involved in the construction, guilty of violation of this Regulation, shall be personally responsible, regardless of whether or not led led a violation of an accident or injury, and are also responsible for violations of this Regulation committed by their subordinates.

 

14.2. Issuance of any officials instructions or orders, enforcing their subordinates to violate safety rules and instructions to resume work without permission, stopped Gosgortechnadzor, technical labor inspection and other regulatory authorities, as well as officials of the failure of measures to eliminate violations that are allowed in their presence, are gross human rights violations for which they are, depending on the nature of the violation, shall be liable to disciplinary, administrative or judicial procedure.

 

14.3. Working with non-compliance of safety requirements set out in the instructions for safe working practices should be suspended from work and, depending on the nature of the violations involved in the statutory responsibility in a disciplinary or judicial order.

 

 

15 . Conservation utility tunnels and other underground structures

 

15.1. Preservation built utility tunnels and other underground structures (shafts, wells, etc.) caused by financial, organizational and other reasons, should be carried out usually by enterprises, the construction of objects in accordance with the Project conservation utility tunnels and other underground facilities to be agreed with regional bodies Gosgortechnadzor Russia.

 

15.2. Draft conservation utility tunnels and other underground structures developed, usually by the enterprise, performed the tunnel project, an underground facility, or other project company under compulsory appropriate license Gosgortechnadzor Russia.

 

15.3. Conservation project is subject to review, consultation with the relevant services of the city (other settlements, territories), as well as the approval of the authority which approved an initial draft.

 

15.4. Sooty conservation work but must be taken in full compliance with the regulations by the Ministry of Construction Russian acceptance of the completed construction projects.

 

15.5. During the entire period of time that has elapsed since the preservation of underground facilities to resume their construction should be carried out surveillance of these structures. Surveillance methods, their frequency, the structure of executive documentation defined conservation project.

 

15.6. Responsibilities of a range of works by monitoring the state of suspended objects, buildings and the Earth’s surface are assigned to a specific organization. Resolution on conservation of objects can be made relevant local authority.

 

15.7. The composition and content of the draft conservation utility tunnels and other underground structures should cover the full range of organizational, technical, regulatory, and other solutions that provide bezopasnost environment in the area of ​​accommodation facilities from possible harmful effects of dormant underground structures (underground space, transportation, and other underground utilities, buildings, the earth’s surface, aquifers, etc.).

 

15.8. Conservation projects of underground facilities must meet the following requirements:

a) be developed only on the basis of a construction company executive documentation, which is passed through the customer (geodesic-Surveying documentation acts on the hidden work, magazine work, as-built drawings of underground structures, etc.);

b) provide an exception of groundwater movement through the tunnels, the trunks of them, as well as soil removal and construction of them, any human access to them when wet conservation options;

c) covering mines, wells of strength, durability and stability must satisfy regulatory requirements Russian Ministry of Construction on the bridges and pipes;

d) contain a naming scheme on the ground track tunnel (trunks, wells, turning points and linear points) with the design of signs that allow to conduct year-round visual observation of the entire band tracks within the boundaries of the possible theoretical trough with soil movement;

d) the technical solutions of underground structures (linings, roof supports, bridges) are performed prior to the stage at which it can not happen Pinch array even in the case of unpredictable emptying (flooding) conserved underground structures;

e) all underground constructions (lining, lining, jumpers, etc.) should be calculated on the perception of the hydrostatic pressure of groundwater to the maximum possible values ​​for those objects. Design should have no lower level of capital adopted the original design decisions;

g) to provide full coverage of all the available time preservation of underground structures, including any passed for the construction of underground structures, wells, pits;

h) the design of conservation land objects should be conducted in accordance with the Ministry of Construction of Russia.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX 1

INSTRUCTION

To develop and implement emergency response plans

ON Tunnelling

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1. At each site * underground construction plan should be developed emergency response (PLA), regardless of the number of contractors and subcontractors performing work in underground and on the surface.

_____________________

* An object of underground construction will be understood network of underground workings, ventilation system with a common and shared their exits to the surface, with the adjoining building sites.

 

In terms of emergency response measures should be provided as quickly as possible to rescue people, measures to eliminate accidents, acts of engineers and workers in the event of accidents, as well as actions VGSCH in the initial stage of an accident.

 

2. In the PLA must include all species and possible in the specific construction accidents: fires in pithead and underground mines, and flooding zagazirovanie workings breakthrough quicksand, sand, debris in the faces mining, gas explosions and explosives, mining strikes, accidents elevation, damage underground utilities, accidents in caissons, etc.

 

3. PLA is made chief engineer of the organization * for each half, agreed with the commander VGSCH ** serving the property and approved by the chief engineer of the Construction (union) 15 days before the beginning of the next semester.

_____________________

* When performing on-site underground construction work by several organizations (contractors, subcontractors) at the same time order the construction management (association), one of the leading organizations assigned (head) in the development of the PLA.

 

** Here and hereinafter – the commander (platoon).

 

4. The review and approval of the PLA should be submitted to:

test if the act of reversing devices fan installation skipping inverted air jet in mine workings of the facility;

inspection report emergency measures provided for in the PLA on: fire protection, and state of preparedness of emergency exits, emergency lighting, signaling, communications, security and other self-rescuers

 

5. Provided in PLA material and technical resources for the implementation of measures to rescue and emergency response must be available, in good condition and in the required quantity.

Checking the status of these funds shall be commander and chief of the site before VGSCH PLA agreement on a new semester.

 

6. PLA is developed in accordance with the actual situation of the underground workings of the object.

With subsequent changes in ventilation schemes, the location of emergency exits, etc., in the event of non-compliance events PLA actual position of chief engineer of the workings in the daily organization shall submit to the appropriate plan amendments and coordinate them with the commander of the mine rescue.

In the case of non-payment within the specified period of necessary changes in the PLA or detect inconsistencies actual situation in mines PLA commander has the right VGSCH mismatched plan for the whole site or some of its positions.

About PLA commander VGSCH disagreement in writing informs the chief engineer and construction management organization (association), as well as local authority Gosgortechnadzor for them to take the necessary measures.

Responsible for the timely and proper preparation of PLA and its compliance with the actual situation in the mines are the chief engineer and commander of the mine rescue organization, which agreed to this plan.

Responsibility for ensuring the construction material and technical resources necessary for the implementation of measures to rescue and emergency response, shall head the organization, and for their safety on the site – the section chief.

 

7. The emergency plan should contain:

- Operational part, which will include: activities to save lives and eliminate accidents in the initial period, the responsible persons and the perpetrators of these activities, ways and time to the people of disaster areas and endangered *, routes and assignments for offices VGSCH;

__________________

* Land (development) refers to a threatened, if the accident occurred as a result it can be gassy or will be cut out of it.

 

- The allocation of responsibilities between the individuals involved in the emergency response and the order of their actions;

- The list of officials and agencies that need to be immediately notified of the accident.

 

8. By the operative part of the PLA must be accompanied by the following documents:

 

8.1. The scheme of the underground workings and bears her symbols *: a network of underground air ducts and water pipes, locations of fire extinguishers, emergency stock of materials and tools, pumps and water tanks with their performance and capacity, location of fire nuts installed on the water supply, water-resistant jumpers.

_________________

* Shown in this manual, the recommended scale specified in Guidelines on preparation of PLA.

 

8.2. Ventilation plan of underground workings to which the symbols are applied: the type and performance (estimated and actual) main fan installation, direction, air flow, ventilation devices (doors, lintels, metering stations, ventilation ducts, etc.), the amount of air entering in production and slaughter-section excavation, air velocity, the installation location partial ventilation fans with their characteristics, location of the telephone and other means of communication.

 

8.3. Scheme underground electrical power facility, applied to mining scheme indicating her symbols:

types of electrical equipment and power, power and the lighting networks stating the amount applied voltage, stamps, cable lengths and cross sections, location and types of electricity and protective equipment.

 

8.4. Site plan with drawing arrangement stems, pits, tunnels and other outcrops and access roads, wells, sinkholes, cracks in the gutters (ravines, etc.), reservoirs and water tanks with their capacity, pumps, pipelines, indicating their diameters, pressure and quantity of water supplied to them and to develop industrial site, hydrants, valves, fire nuts, production and domestic premises, warehouses, etc.

 

8.5. List of materials, tools, fire fighting equipment and other emergency materials in mines, indicating their locations.

 

9. SSNs with all applications must be in the organization of the chief engineer, head of the site (at the command post) and the commander of the mine rescue.

An instance of SSNs that are among the chief area of ​​underground construction, must be accompanied by:

- Special forms for admission passes people in the mine workings in the accident:

- Journal of operational emergency response form according to guidelines.

 

10. PLA should be carefully studied by all the staff and workers of the organization *, as well as the personnel of the mine rescue units.

_________________

* When carrying out work on the subject by several organizations (contractors, subcontractors) responsible for the timely briefing on PLA employees of these organizations rests with the organization that is the general contractor (head) in the development of the PLA.

 

Familiarization with the plan must be executed on receipt.

 

11. Responsible for the technical supervision of the PLA study rests with the chief engineer, the workers – to the section heads, composition VGSCH – on mine rescue commander.

 

12. Never allow to work in the underground work of persons who are not familiar with the PLA in part related to their place of work.

 

 

The operational part of emergency response plans

 

13. In the operative part of the PLA each type and location of a possible accident is assigned a number (position).

PLA positions should be developed based on the fact that for a given generation or group workings occur airing the same conditions, the same way out of people and priority actions VGSCH.

 

14. Of items in the operational part of the PLA must include all possible types of accidents, based on the terms of a specific object of underground construction.

 

15. In the immediate measures to rescue and emergency response operations of the PLA must be provided:

 

15.1. Notification methods of accident sites and jobs, the output path of the emergency sections of people, the actions of individual supervision, and call VGSCH route Branch mine rescue to save lives and eliminate accidents.

 

15.2. Ventilation modes ensuring safe passage of people from the emergency site to the surface and rescue departments access to the crash site, including operation of local ventilation fans, the use of compressed air.

 

15.3. Mode power supply emergency site and other underground workings (blackout catenary locomotive haulage lighting network, including emergency lighting, etc.).

 

15.4. Alignment of security posts.

 

15.5. Ways and means of active struggle with the consequences of the accident occurred in the initial stage.

 

15.6. Using underground transport for quick evacuation of the emergency site and shipping offices VGSCH to the accident site.

 

15.7. Location of the command post.

 

16. Call VGSCH units should be provided for all types of accidents and fires in the pit head buildings and structures, in shafts and other openings, having access to the surface, and also call the fire brigade.

 

17. In the PLA depending on the location of fire, explosion or sudden release of gas provides for various emergency ventilation modes:

- Normal, which existed prior to the accident;

- Reversible, rollover air flow for all or some of the workings.

 

18. Reversal of the air flow, as a rule, should be provided for those occasions when there are fires on the incoming stream of air in the pithead, in trunks, near barrel workings and in the adjacent cells.

 

19. Ways and time to the people of emergency and threatened areas in the operational part of the PLA set for each place of work and in each case an accident, and the route of people from emergency site to the workings of fresh air stream must be specified in detail, and then can only be specified destination where people are displayed. In case of failure O people of disaster area should be used cameras or other produce as temporary shelters where people are included in the self-rescuers, should be before the arrival of rescuers.

Fires, explosions, gas emissions and sudden breakthroughs in mine workings of the water should be provided from the output of all the people on the surface of the mine workings.

 

20. Installed ventilation modes and choose the output path of people with emergency excavation should, where possible ensure their yield nezagazovannym workings.

 

21. The procedure for sending VGSCH offices for operational tasks set depending on the location of fire in accordance with the requirements of the Charter VGSCH on organization and conduct rescue work.

In each case, the route branches VGSCH the withdrawal of people and elimination of accidents should be carefully considered the chief engineer and commander of the mine rescue organization based on safe and fast arrival departments to the scene.

 

 

 

DUTIES OF OFFICERS IN THE ELIMINATION OF ACCIDENTS

22. Responsible supervisor of the emergency response is the chief engineer of the company *, and before his arrival at the facility – the section chief (duty manager) or the person replacing him, which is solely responsible for the implementation of measures to rescue and liquidation of the accident or its consequences, including provided emergency response plans.

__________________

* If you explicitly wrongdoing accountable manager to eliminate the accident, as well as in the case of on-site construction of several organizations, higher direct boss – chief engineer of the construction (association) has the right to take over the leadership of the liquidation of the accident, or to appoint another person by performing a corresponding entry in the operating log.

In cases where a single object in mines perform work several construction companies, rescue work is carried out by a single (common) object PLA. Responsible supervisor of the emergency response is the chief engineer of the general contractor or the chief engineer of one of these organizations for the activities in the operational position of the PLA.

 

23. Head of rescue work is a senior commanding officer VGSCH, who arrived first on the emergency facility. Head of rescue work performs tasks convener works to eliminate the accident and is solely responsible for the organization and conduct rescue work.

 

24. Those present at the emergency facility senior managers, regardless of their affiliation, representatives of expert groups and individual experts can not interfere with the function of the head and impose emergency response to him their decision.

 

25. Responsible manager to eliminate the accident:

 

25.1. After reviewing the situation, immediately proceeds to the activities foreseen in the operational part of the PLA, and direct the work on rescue and emergency response, writing content issued orders in the online redo log (paragraph 39).

 

25.2. Organizes the command post and is constantly on it * appoint persons responsible for the conduct of the online redo logs and run other errands.

____________________

* Responsible head to eliminate the accident has the right to leave the command post (descend into the mine, go on vacation, etc.), instead of appointing a Vice-President from among persons supervision. On the decision responsible manager must make an entry in the operating log.

 

25.3. Causes (check call) unit VGSCH and officials on the list.

 

25.4. Reveals the number caught in the workings of the accident and the people of their location, take measures to rescue them and exposes security posts on the descent (at the entrance) in the development of (pit) and on other approaches to disaster areas in places, certain positions in the PLA and, if possible secured by telephone.

 

25.5. Upon arrival at the mine rescue units to:

- Must inform the senior commander VGSCH (head of rescue work) with an emergency situation, saying as much as possible, the most complete data known to him about the place, the nature and time of occurrence (detection) of the accident, the number of people caught by accident and possible their location (work) measures taken before the arrival of mine rescue, including according to the selected position of PLA, the availability of funds to combat the accident, the state of ventilation, etc.;

- Issue a written assignment ** senior commander VGSCH stating the position number of the PLA, according to which priority actions are performed to save lives and on the basis of which the head of rescue work personally poses problems squad leaders.

___________________

** The job can be prepared in advance (before the arrival VGSCH object) or logged in the online redo log VGSCH signed by the accountable manager to eliminate the accident.

 

25.6. Depending on the particular situation may change the general problem of mine rescue, putting it in whole or in part in accordance with the developed PLA *.

___________________

* In case of disagreement between the commander of the mine rescue and responsible supervisor of the emergency response is required to implement the decision of the head, if it is not contrary to the Charter VGSCH on organization and conduct rescue work. Dissenting opinion commander VGSCH recorded in the online redo log.

 

25.7. Reports to the parent organization and the situation in consultation with the head of rescue work arranges to call additional units VGSCH.

 

25.8. After obtaining sufficiently complete information about the situation in the mines and if the main activities of PLA exhausted or do not provide the successful struggle of the accident, is developing an “Operational Plan for the Elimination of accident” in the manner prescribed by the Charter of the mine rescue organization and conduct rescue work. ”Operational Plan for emergency response,” signed by the accountable manager and the head of rescue work.

 

26. Head of rescue work (commander VGSCH) located at the command post and direct the work of rescue departments in accordance with the PLA, the operational plan, performs tasks of Executive Director to eliminate the accident, Guided by the Charter VGSCH on organization and conduct rescue work systematically informing him during rescue and responsible for their implementation.

Detachment commander, his deputy and the platoon commander, arriving at the emergency facility must take leadership in the established order of rescue work on a junior post, regardless of the prevailing situation.

 

27. Chief engineer of the construction (association) if necessary, take measures to focus on emergency facilities necessary material and human resources from other organizations and has the right to take over the management of an emergency.

 

28. Foreman (his deputy), on which the accident occurred, while on the surface and learn about the accident, immediately takes over the leadership to eliminate it and save lives and acts in accordance with this Instruction before the arrival of the chief engineer organization, guided by the PLA.

 

29. Engineering and technical personnel emergency area, caught by accident in mines, take measures in place for lifting people on the surface according to the plan and immediately report the accident to the responsible person (head of operations) to eliminate the accident. While on the surface, are immediately responsible to the head of the works to eliminate the accident to obtain orders and report on the number of people and places of work.

 

30. Head of the organization, having an accident, shall report immediately to the emergency facility, arrange medical care and, if necessary, bring the elimination of accidents experienced workers and technical personnel and other specialized organizations.

 

 

 

GENERAL RULES OF CONDUCT engineers and workers

When a fault occurs in mines

31. Fires

 

31.1. People on fire emanating from the source stream of air required to engage in self-rescuers and led by a senior (master, foreman, etc.) come to the surface along the route provided for the PLA.

 

31.2. People on fresh air jet received the message about the accident, and have to take a self-rescuers to reach the surface along the routes provided SSNs.

 

31.3. Any person who first discovered the source of the fire in the mine workings, is obliged to assess the situation and immediately report the accident (in person or by means of communication) senior person in the change (master, mechanic, foreman, etc.) or the management of the organization, if possible, take measures to eliminate the source of the fire in the initial stage.

 

32. For fires in dead mines where access to a fresh stream of air or on the surface is covered hearth burning, people left behind the hearth fire, should take the following measures:

 

32.1. Engage in self-rescuers, controlling the concentration of carbon monoxide by express or visually, the degree of smoke, to find the most safe place and wait for the arrival of rescue units.

 

32.2. Open the valves on the compressed air line, get together, usually at the end of the vent pipe (if it comes to a standstill fresh air) or under ventilation borehole.

 

32.3. Shut-section deadlock elaboration of a temporary bridge from improvised materials or emergency stock (can be used oilcloth flexible ventilation pipes), trying to create in the walled part of the working air overpressure to prevent the penetration of the products of combustion and heat to its location.

 

32.4. Establish and maintain liaison with the responsible supervisor of the emergency.

 

33. Collapses when people caught in a deadlock over the rubble of the production must primarily take measures to strengthen the lining in a place where they are caught by the collapse, and then start applying signals.

Shall be given by blows with a metal object on the rails, pipe, roof support elements, etc. or by periodically switching air tools (jackhammer). Upon receipt of the response signal attempt to establish voice communications.

 

34. On all objects underground construction workers and engineers, who by the nature of work performed can be caught by accident in mines should be instructed in advance of the action on the object order and methods of notification of an accident.

As a general danger signal, typically used repeatedly opening and closing task lighting in mines.

 

35. For all accidents, especially in accidents involving fires in mines, each employee (workers, engineers) as checked out (released) to the surface, and was at that time on the surface, is obliged to hear about the accident, personally inform their Chief (Supervisor, mechanics, etc.) about leaving (output) and perform duties in accordance with the PLA or remain at the disposal of the responsible supervisor for an emergency.

 

36. At each site underground construction time (on the schedule) must be carried out drills. Training schedule alarm for a calendar year is made by service safety of the Construction (union) and agreed with the commander and chief VSGCH GTI.

 

37. List of officials and institutions that need to be immediately notified of the accident, is given in Table 7.

 

Table 7.

 

 
38. Form the operational part of the PLA

 

 

Note. Column 5 is cut off the head of the works to eliminate the accident and awarded the head of rescue work. After the liquidation of the accident column 5 is restored.

 

39. Form of operational log to eliminate accidents

 

Management ______________________________________________________________________

 

Scene of an accident ____________________________________________________________________

 

Nature of the accident _________________________________________________________________

 

Time of the accident (year, month, day, hour, minute) _________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

Responsible manager works

emergency liquidation

(Signature)

 

 

 

40. The main symbols in the diagrams and plans annexed to the operational part of the PLA

 

 

 

__________________________

* In cases where the description of the color of the graphic is not specified, the designation is done in black.

 

If necessary, the application of the scheme to additional symbols should be guided by the relevant standards.

ANNEX 2

INSTRUCTION

The certificates of the lining of mine workings

1. Passport fixing underground workings is a document that defines adopted for the development of attachment methods, design and bolting sequence production work on the mount.

2. Passport fixing underground workings are made chief of the site (the object manufacturer work, etc.) in accordance with PPR considering geological and production features of this generation and approved by the chief engineer of a construction company.

3. Passport fixing production consists of graphic material and explanations to it.

4. Passport attachment shall contain:

a) cross-section of developing a scale of 1:50, which should be shown the configuration and size of production, the surrounding rock, design and dimensions of permanent and temporary lining and their components (including lining with TBMs), the width of the side berms Strauss, the location of haul routes , the size of gaps between bolting and electric (or trolleys) and between the loading machine and auxiliary equipment at the bottom, drain groove dimensions, etc.;

b) longitudinal section of developing a scale of 1:50, which should be reflected to the construction lining (including lining with TBMs), the spacing between the structural elements lining, length of a given piece and one stope allowable backlog of temporary and permanent lining (lining) from the working face and the like;

c) when anchored: material, direction, length, relative position of anchors and dimensions of parts lining (hole diameter, the rod and lock dimensions wedges supporting tiles grabs, metal mesh, etc.);

g) how to install roof support and the required degree of tension anchors;

d) procedures for monitoring bearing ability of lining.

5. In the notes to the celebrated graphic material requirements, compliance with which is particularly important to ensure the safety of the works.

6. When changing geological conditions passport fixing should be revised.

7. Passport fixing underground workings are prepared in duplicate for each generation and must be: one copy posted in the office of the chief of section (object), the second copy shall be posted near the corresponding face as a distinct stable image on a rigid base with indelible paint.

8. Workers and representatives of technical supervision area must be familiar with the passport fixing receipt.

9. Mining operations without an approved passport or the breach is prohibited.

 

 

 

APPENDIX 3

INSTRUCTION

VERIFICATION OF THE REVERSAL OF DEVICES

Fan installations

 

1. Reversal of air flow – artificial change in the direction of air flow in mines reversed.

Reversal should be carried out by switching ducts with suction blower, and vice versa.

 

2. State reversing devices, if provided by the project should be such that the change of direction in the workings of air jets carried out not more than 10 minutes after the reversal.

 

3. Reliability of functioning devices reversing fan installation should check the mechanic and the person responsible for airing workings, at least once a month. State reversing devices and the actual time required to switch the direction of ventilation shall be recorded in a book on the attached form.

 

4. In the presence of ventilation shaft on the two fans – working and back – check reversing device is held in a closed Schieber first backup in the fan, and then, after starting the backup fan in normal ventilation and stop working, – the second fan.

 

5. Responsibility for the state of reversible devices bear the chief mechanic of the organization.

 

6. System developments, which will facing air stream must meet the following requirements:

a) the resistance of the system shall not be less resistance in the normal workings of the movement of the air stream in order to avoid a significant increase in the amount of air supplied by the fan and motor overload it;

b) resistance to reverse jet openings should not substantially exceed the normal winding resistance in order to avoid reducing the amount of air supplied by the fan, to a value below 60% of the normal flow rate.

 

7. By reversing the air stream necessary to observe the state of the fan motor, so it does not overload.

 

8. At the time of air flow reverse the number of people in underground mines and their location sets the chief engineer of the organization, which also solves the problem of the need to withdraw from the working faces for a fresh approach or on the surface.

 

9. By reversing the air flow in the production of any work faces prohibited.

 

10. By reversing the air flow must be established and recorded in the inspection report reversal:

a) depression created by a fan to reversion and reversions;

b) the capacity of the fan (m / s) to the reversion and reversions;

c) the time, the debt on the change in direction of the jet, and the transition back to the normal direction;

g) the duration of the fan when overturned jet;

d) all shortcomings identified in the state and reversing fan installation devices.

 

11. Checking reversing the air flow is led by Chief Engineer (Technical Manager), chief mechanic organization in the presence of mine rescue and made an act that should be attached to the plan of liquidation of the accident. Air measurements at sites and a set of air samples in the faces when reversing jets conducted respiratorschik VGSCH.

 

12. Acts check air flow reverse should be directed VGSCH.

 

13. After each test if the reversing devices (not to reverse the air flow) all produce must be ventilated normal jet at least 15 minutes before the start of work must be inspected ventilation supervision.

 

14. Serviceability of the air handling unit should check mechanic plot or his assistant at least once a week. The results of the inspection shall be entered in the “Book fan installations inspection and verification of reversion.”

 

15. ”Book fan installations inspection and verification reversion” consists of two sections. Section I “Inspection fan installations” contains a record of an inspection of these installations. These settings inspect every person appointed as a mechanic, and weekly – mechanic area. All comments, identified as a result of the inspection, the book is written in the pages designated for each fan unit. At the top of each page is written fan installation location (trunk hole and others), as well as the type and number of fan operating unit and the remaining observations are recorded in the book graphs.

Acceptance fan installation after repair mechanic carries. About the quality of the repair mechanic makes appropriate entries in the book.

Section II “Inspection and testing devices reversible reversion fans” written examination results of all reversing devices and verify their reversion.

Serviceability action reversing devices must be inspected at least once a month. Verify the operation of reversing devices simultaneously metering the amount of air and gas in the mines, as well as verification of the ventilation circuit with reverse ventilation are required to spend time off at least twice a year.

The results of inspection and testing devices reversing fan reversal recorded in Section II of the book.

 

 

BOOK AND INSPECTION fan installations

Reversal checking

 

Section I. Inspection fan installations

Fitting Position fan ______________________________________________________

 

Fan type and number of the unit __________________________________________________

 

Section II. Inspection and testing of reversing devices

reversion fan

 

Fitting Position fan ______________________________________________________

 

Fan type and number of the unit __________________________________________________

 

MODEL LABEL _______________________________________ (Organization, site) BOOK inspection fan installations and checking reversion Started ____________________________________ Over __________________________________

ANNEX 4

INSTRUCTION air sampling

1. This Instruction establishes the procedure for selection in mines air sampling under these Rules and the Uniform Rules safety during blasting operations.

 

2. Mine air sampling for laboratory analysis is performed by employees VGSCH special plan (Form 1) in the presence of a representative of the organization. Allowed if necessary More samples to produce by the employees of the organization.

 

3. Sampling plan drawn up for the quarter mining engineer OSH organization agreed with the unit commander and approved by the mine rescue chief engineer organization.

 

4. In the days specified sampling plan air sampler samples received in the laboratory VGSCH filled act attire (Form 3 and 4) and on arrival at the facility makes his boss portion (overman). Foreman (overman) reviews and signs the act of attire, and, if necessary, revise it, and confirm each with his signature.

 

5. Responsibility for proper selection sampling locations shall be representative of the organization, and for the proper execution of selection – VGSCH sampler.

 

6. During air sampling compositor samples in the “Note” act-dress Jot environment and conditions under which the measurement is made of gases and air sampling, including:

6.1. Enabled or stopped when the air handling unit air sampling and the distance from the bottom to the last level of ventilation pipes.

6.2. How much longer after the explosion of air sampling (conducted with the use of blasting).

6.3. How much longer after welding air sampling (for the cases of air sampling for outgoing air flow from the weld).

 

7. In the mines, where the content of harmful gases in the air above the maximum allowable concentrations, as well as to establish time airing after slaughter experienced blasting air sampling should be carried out in the mine rescue workers insulating respirators.

 

8. Samples taken for checking the composition of air, should characterize the average concentrations of gases in the air jets cross sections (average samples).

 

9. Analysis of air sample must be done by carbon dioxide, methane, oxygen, carbon monoxide, and of the charging chamber, moreover – with hydrogen.

Air samples from the workings developed by drilling and blasting, must be analyzed for carbon dioxide, methane, oxygen, carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides, regardless of how much time has passed since the explosion.

If signs of hydrogen sulfide and sulfur dioxide samples were analyzed for the content of these gases.

During the construction of shallow tunnels closed way in localities, especially near the communications, storage, etc., must be carried out sampling and analysis of air on the allocation of petrol vapor or gas.

 

10. Simultaneously, air sampling should be carried out of the mine air temperature measurement, gas metering devices GC type and SHI.

 

11. Mine air samples are taken in the following locations of underground workings:

11.1. When the suction method of ventilation:

- On the surface at the mouth of the barrel air supply generation, galleries, the tunnel;

- On the output in each slaughter (on site) jet ventilation in 10-15 m from the interface with the output of another;

- 10 m from the beginning of each horizontal generation, supply air;

- In the slaughter of people in the workplace;

- At the mouth of the suction vent pipes (outgoing jet area);

- In the diffuser main fan (total outgoing jet).

11.2. When the discharge process of airing:

- On the surface in the suction pipe main fan (total incoming stream);

- In a deadlock generation part for outgoing stream 10 meters before pairing with another elaboration;

- At the mouth of the pipe, supply air to the face (incoming jet area);

- In the slaughter of people in the workplace;

- In the development of 10-15 m from the outcrop (mouth generation) – the total outgoing jet.

11.3. With any method of ventilation:

- All cells;

- When passing shafts at a distance of 1/3, 2/3 of the depth of the mouth and at the bottom;

- From skazhin, piper.

 

12. To check for air during blasting operations sampling should be carried out in the mine at the place of work of people at the time specified in the passport of blasting, but not earlier than 15 minutes. Samples are taken at least once a month, and when the passport blasting.

 

13. When the operational analysis of mine air using GC instruments and interferometers measurements should be made at the mouth of production, in the middle, at the bottom and in the workplace. Analysis of the composition of the air must be in accordance with the instructions and regulations on the use of devices.

 

14. Results of the measurements of gas and temperature, as well as coming from laboratory analyzes VGSCH mine air samples recorded by the responsible person in the “Book of accounting results of the analysis of air samples for dust and gas pollution” (Appendix 17), stored at the head of the site (the object).

 

15. When welding in underground mines responsible for the hot work face measure the amount of carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen in the field of welding and outbound from these places vent streams where there are or may be people. In cases of excess gas content above acceptable norms welding work must stop and take measures to ensure normal ventilation regime. The results of measurements with a high content of harmful impurities and measures adopted to improve ventilation recorded in “Book of accounting results of the analysis of air.”

 

16. Monitoring the quality of the implementation of measures to combat the dust carried by VGSCH air sampling to determine its dust. Sampling on the dustiness of air necessary to make at least once a month.

 

17. Sampling is carried out on the dusty air in all the places dust during the execution of each process (drilling, loading operations, etc.) in accordance with the plans of dust sampling (Form 2) and filled in the laboratory acts VGSCH-dresses (Form 5).

 

18. Dust sampling should be carried out at a distance of 1.5-2 m from the source of dust. Allonge filter should be directed toward the dust flow at right angles at a height of 1.5 m from the ground.

 

19. Duration of sampling in a continuous process – 15 minutes. In the case of high dust content of mine air (about 400-1000 mg per 1 m ) sampling time is reduced to 5 minutes.

 

20. Determination of dust in mine air produced “method of determining the mass concentration of aerosols (dust) with a filter.”

 

21. During accidents and other emergency air sampling procedure is set chief engineer (responsible supervisor of the emergency response) and the unit commander VGSCH.

 

Form 1

Organization ________________________

 

Plot ____________________________

 

AGREED:

 

Command __________________________

___________________________________

(Name of the platoon, detachment)

 

“” ______________________ ’19

 

APPROVED:

 

Chief engineer

 

____________________________________

 

“” _________________________ ’19

PLAN

air sampling on _______________________ half ’19

Category mine gas _______________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

Composed by:

 

position ________________________

(Signature, name)

 ”" ___________________ ’19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 2

 

Organization _______________________

 

Plot ___________________________

 

AGREED:

 

Command _________________________

__________________________________

(Name of the platoon, detachment)

 

“” _____________________ ’19

APPROVED:

Chief engineer

 

______________________________

 

“” _____________________ ’19

 

PLAN

dust sampling on _______________________ half of ’19

 

 

 

Composed by:   post _______________________ (Signature, name)   “” ________________________ ’19

 

Form 3

ACP-JOB

for air sampling in the area (mine) ____________________

 

 

Organization ____________________________________________________________________

 

Sampling performed sampler ___________ platoon VGSO ____________________

 

______________________ And a representative portion ___________________________________

(Surname)

 

________________________________________________________________________________

(Title and surname)

“” _________________ ’19 __________ Shift in the following mines:

 

 

 

 

Foreman _______________ (Signature)	Sampler ______________________ (Signature)
Representative portion _______________ (Signature)

 

Mine air samples in the amount deposited in the lab ______________________

 

“” ___________________ ___________________ In ’19 hour min ____________

 

Samples accepted techniques ______________________

(Signature)

Form 4

ACP-JOB

for air sampling after blasting

On the site (mine) ____________________ Organization ______________________________

 

Sampling performed proborootbrschikom _________ platoon VGSO _____________________

 

________________________ And a representative portion ________________________________

(Surname)

 

_______________________________________________________________________________

(Title and surname)

“” _____________ ’19 ____________ Change in the following mines:

 

 

 

 

Foreman _______________

(Signature)

Sampler ______________________

(Signature)

The representative of the mine area __________

(Signature)

 

Mine air samples in the amount deposited in the laboratory _________________

 

“” _______________ ’19 Hour ___________________ in ____________ minutes

 

Samples received technician __________________

(Signature)

 

Form 5

Organization ___________________

 

Mine site _________________

 

 

ACP-JOB number ________________

for dust sampling

Sampling performed proborootborschikom _________________________________________

(Surname, name of the platoon, detachment)

 

Representative portion ____________________________________________________________

(Title and surname)

 

“” ______________ To _______________ ’19 replaced by the following roadways:

 

 

 

Foreman _______________

(Signature)

Sampler ______________________

(Signature)

Representative portion ________________

(Signature)

 

The samples were put into the lab in the amount of _______________ ________________

(Date and time)

 

Samples accepted techniques ____________________

(Signature)

 

ANNEX 5

INSTRUCTION

Anti-dust MECHANICAL Burenin

Holes in ROCKS

1. When tunneling mining using drilling projects should provide for ways and means of dust control by flushing with water holes and wells during drilling. In mines and other facilities underground construction in such cases must be installed plumbing technology. You can use special dust control fire main. Water supplied for drilling with flushing, must comply with the current GOST “drinking water”.

 

2. For dust suppression allowed the use of dry dust collection using portable or semi-permanent dust extraction systems.

In all cases, evaluation of the effectiveness of dust control equipment should be done at least once a month by the sampling and analysis of air samples.

 

3. Pneumatic borers should have special devices for drilling with flushing:

a) under axial flushing – water conveyance pipe;

6) at the side of the washing – a special clutch.

 

4. Water from the water supply to the washing machine for drilling holes and wells must be used as pressure hose internal diameter not less than 13 mm. Quantity of water supplied must be controlled with a crane situated not more 0.3 m from the drilling machine. The water pressure must be at least 0.2 MPa lower than the pressure of the compressed air.

 

5. Running Water tube should be straight with no distortions and imbalances. Plot water conducting tube, part of the shank of the drill must have a minimum length of 25 mm. Control over the length of the tube and the tube free entry should be made using a template.

 

6. Clutch side for washing must be firmly pushed onto the drill, when the maximum pressure is not leaking water between the drill and the sealing cuff and not create resistance to rotation of the drill rod.

 

7. Water consumption during the drilling of holes must be made depending on the speed of drilling in the range of 4 to 15 l / min. In the case of drilling holes in rocks containing more than 15% clay (viscous substances), water consumption for washing shall be increased by 50%, while drilling holes downward angle greater than 30 ° to the horizon – 30%.

 

8. Water consumption for washing when drilling holes and wells must be specified in PPR and checked at least once a month using a water meter. The water pressure should be 0.3-0.5 MPa and established empirically based provide the required flow of water.

Allowed to produce dust control while drilling through the mouth hole irrigation water using a circular sprinklers, as well as the use of special additives.

 

9. Cutters and crowns rods should have two holes aimed at culling hole diameter 4-4.5 mm at a flow rate of water for washing up to 15 l / min and 6.8 mm – with its high expense.

Profile and cross-section rods should provide maximum stiffness buckling, while the area of the gap between the walls of the hole and the drill rod should be at least 6.5 cm .

Prohibited drilling blunt drill bits, if the width of the working area of ​​a rectangular plate is greater than 2.5 mm and a wedge – 2 mm.

 

10. When starting to work with the drill axis washing first turned on the air and then water. When the water is turned off, first stopped and then the air.

 

11. When applying dry dedusting drilling tool must meet the following requirements: incisors and crown should have two suction holes located at a minimum distance from the bottom of the hole, with a total area of openings not less than 3 cm - in the incisors and 1.5 cm - in crowns; drilling rod shall be made ​​of seamless steel pipe inner diameter of 18-24 mm.

Air flow rate (m / min), sucked from the bottom of the hole, should be as given below.

 

 

 

 

For dust removal from the mouth of the hole (well) the amount of exhausted air should be increased by 2 times.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX 6

INSTRUCTION

MANUFACTURING welding and other hot work

Underground mine and pithead

 

1. Production in underground welding and hot work, and the use blowtorches allowed with the permission of the chief or the mechanics of the site. These works must be carried out in the presence of persons of technical supervision and subject to safeguards.

 

Note. If autogenous welding and work are part of the process and implemented in time bolting device, the construction of the metal cladding of the tunnel, installation of metal structures and equipment, the special permit for their implementation does not require the constant presence of a person and technical supervision at the venue for these works is optional.

 

The order of such works must be defined special instruction approved by the chief engineer of the organization, and issued attire shall include the necessary security measures.

 

2. Each permit for production welding and hot work, as well as the use blowtorches in underground mines is written in the book of orders and made an act-dress.

 

3. Welders and welders should be entitled to the production of works in the underground workings.

 

4. All flammable materials (oil, hemp, cotton waste, wood chips, etc.) must be removed to a distance of not less than 20 m from the welding area.

 

5. When welding, wood or other combustible parts of the building, located on the weld area at a distance of up to 2 m, must be protected with asbestos or steel sheets.

 

6. When changing the electrodes during welding electrodes residues should be disposed of in a special metal box installed at the weld.

 

7. The place of production welding should be Extinguishing Media: two fire extinguishers or hose with a fire hose attached to the fire water line, or trolley (barrel) with a supply of water for at least 1 m ³ and a sand box.

 

8. If welding work is performed in the horizontal development of fixed tree, it prior to welding and after them moisturized for 10 m on both sides of the place of production welding.

 

9. When welding in the vertical and inclined workings resurfacing enshrined fireproof crepe, but with wood paneling ladder compartment or a reinforcement of wood (conductors or shootings), additional measures should be taken to exclude sparks on the wooden parts of reinforcement or trim ladder compartment.

In vertical and inclined shafts with wooden bolting welding work can be done only with the special permission of the chief engineer of the organization.

 

10. After finishing welding face technical supervision writes in the book orders the start and end of welding, inspection of the result of production of welding after his preventive treatment, names of the persons performing the work.

 

11. Before welding on copra at the mouth of the barrel, as well as at a distance of 5 m from the trunk it should be blocked by fire lyadami. Before starting work, pile driver should be cleaned of grease and dust at a distance of not less than 5 m from the place of work.

When it is impossible to ensure the establishment of normal ventilation mode when closed Lyady people from the underground workings must be withdrawn.

 

12. When welding in the backrooms on the surface of the weld metal sheets is necessary to protect a minimum height of 1.5 m, posed butt.

 

 

 

ANNEX 7

INSTRUCTION

FIRE PROTECTION UNDERGROUND OPENINGS

 

1. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1. Each object underground construction shall be provided with fire equipment and fire extinguishing agents.

 

1.2. To determine the types and amounts necessary firefighting equipment and fire-fighting equipment for underground construction of each object must be drawn design for fire protection (PFP).

 

1.3. In HAG should provide for the use of existing fire roads and drainage pipelines.

 

1.4. Firefighters pipelines must be protected from freezing.

 

 

 

 

 

2. FIRE PROTECTION construction site

2.1. Construction sites should have fire water pipe with a pressure therein of not less than 0.4 and not more than 1.0 MPa.

 

2.2. Fire safety of buildings and structures provided dolzhka development in the project:

- A system of measures to prevent fire;

- Measures of fire protection systems.

 

2.3. As a reserve supply of water for fire water can be used headers dewatering plants and other generation, filled with water.

 

2.4. For fire safety headgears, trunk racks (where there is space heating) on ​​each of the mark must be installed fire hydrants 70 mm in diameter in the amount – for the project.

To protect headgears shafts, not secured heated on fire pipeline construction site fire hydrants shall be installed at a distance of not more than 50 m from the trunk.

 

2.5. The mouth of the vertical shafts depth of 120 m shall be equipped with metal fire lyadami. Manage closing Ladi should be double of pithead copra and beyond.

 

2.6. The mouth of the vertical shafts depth of 120 m or more shall be fitted with a ring conduits Water-spraying nozzles.

Valves for water supply to the annular conduit trunk should be kept out of copra and be prevented from freezing in winter.

 

2.7. On vertical trunks are laid in accordance with the project batsmen fire technological aqueducts.

 

2.8. On overpasses, galleries adjacent to headgears, should be run with fire suhotruboprovody Water-spraying nozzles.

 

2.9. Priportalnye building during construction of tunnels, transport and drainage tunnels, usually should be constructed of non-combustible materials.

 

 

 

3. FIRE PROTECTION UNDERGROUND OPENINGS

3.1. In underground mines shall be provided fire laying pipe diameter 50-100 mm, a minimum bandwidth of 60 m ³ / h This pipeline during construction can be used for technological needs.

 

3.2. If there are two parallel horizontal workings downed between a Breakthrough in no less than 100 m, fire and water technology can be routed to one of them, and fire hydrants on sboyka imposed in the second generation.

 

3.3. Camera main drainage, electric battery charging, electrical substations, tool must have bends with fire cocks.

 

3.4. Lagging all fire-technological plumbing from the bottom no more than 30 m length or technological complex. At the end of the conduit installed fire hydrants. Boxes with fire hoses and nozzles are transferred as face advance.

 

3.5. On fire-water pipe technology must be installed fire hydrants in the following locations:

- In the pit bottom, in chambers or at the entrance to them, in other underground mines, depending on the type of lining, and other conditions, but not less than 100 m;

- Everyone in the warehouse Walker explosive materials (VM) on both sides at a distance of 10 m;

- At intersections and junctions of roadways;

- In the approach roadways, tunnels and station distillation, the main tunnels, transport and drainage tunnels without intersections and branch – every 100 m;

- In inclined workings – over 50 m;

- In the bottom zone – within 50 m from the face or tunnel complexes.

 

3.6. To disable individual sections of fire-technological or plumbing supply the entire mass of water on one portion of pipeline valves are installed in the following locations:

- In all branches of water lines, having at least three fire hydrants;

- At water lines having no branches – every 400 m

 

3.7. Fire and water pipes must be fitted with technology distribution and pressure regulating devices.

 

3.8. The cells or where Administers oils, as well as the equipment is installed with oil-filled, floor (sole) must be made of non-combustible, non-sparking materials, sand, replaceable when dirty.

 

3.9. Designated sludge, repair and maintenance. Machinery and equipment must be equipped with means of primary fire (fire extinguishers, sand boxes, etc.).

 

 

 

 

 

4. ACCOMMODATION primary means of fire

4.1. Primary means of fire (fire extinguisher, sand, etc.) should be located:

a) in the cells permanently manned at workplace duty personnel;

b) in the cells with a non-manned service personnel – at the entrance to the chamber;

c) in the faces workings – not farther than 30 m from the working face (two hand fire extinguisher and a sand box with a capacity of 0.2 m ³ );

g) in horizontal workings (the approach, tunnels, transport tunnels, drainage and transport tunnels) having a flame-retardant lining – every 300 m (two hand fire extinguisher and a sand box with a capacity of 0.2 m ³ ). In addition, in one of the mines equipped place (check with locomotive haulage) for parking mobile powder fire extinguisher.

In the workings of transport with internal combustion engines on one construction site should be dry powder extinguishing installation. In mines with flammable bolting – every 200 m (two hand fire extinguisher and a sand box with a capacity of 0.2 m ³ ).

 

4.2. Before enrolling in the required amount of manual powder extinguishers may temporarily replace their manual foam fire extinguishers.

 

4.3. Accommodation extinguishers and other fire-fighting equipment in the surface buildings and structures shall be in accordance with the Model Rules of fire safety for industrial enterprises.

 

4.4. In all places of storage firefighting equipment posted signs reading “Fire Extinguishers”, “sand”, “Fire Shield”. Colouring fire boards, boxes with sand and other fire-fighting equipment must be carried out according to GOST “Colors signaling and safety signs.”

 

4.5. Do gornoprohodcheskih complexes with hydraulic having refueling capacities for oil, fire extinguishers and sand boxes placed at a distance with the design of the complex, and in agreement with the commander VGSO serving the construction project.

 

 

 

5. FIRE DOORS

5.1. Underground chamber fixed installations, central electrical substations, converter and charging facilities for electric garages, repair shops should have fire doors that open outward with a locking device on each output and metal Lyady in ventilation ducts. Fire doors should be installed in salable camera at a distance of not more than 3 m from the interface with the adjacent elaboration or niche.

 

 

6. WAREHOUSE FIRE EQUIPMENT

AND MATERIALS

 

6.1. Organizations created warehouse fire fighting equipment and materials.

 

6.2. In underground mines creates an emergency stock of materials, tools, equipment, and other fire protection in accordance with the PLA.

 

 

 

7. CAMERA-SEEKERS AND EXCHANGE POINTS selfrescuers

 

7.1. During the construction of long (longer than 3 thousand meters) transport and other tunnels without sboek other workings or surface should get asylum (camera) to shelter workers, self-rescuers replace used or waiting until the arrival of mine rescue aid offices.

 

7.2. Camera-seekers must meet the following requirements:

- In working order must be sealed against the ingress of external mine air;

- The area of the chamber is determined by the rate of 0.8-1 m per person and cover all workers in the area of the camera-seekers;

- Height of the chamber is not less than 2.3 m, width of not less than 2.5 m;

- Term protection of working at least 24 hours

 

7.3. The method of ventilation chambers shelters:

- In boreholes with surface;

- Compressed air from the duct;

- Using filtered ventilation systems, cleaning the air of poisonous gases before entering the chamber;

- Bottles of compressed air or oxygen.

 

7.4. Camera-seekers should be provided:

- Electricity for lighting self-commissioning, if the camera does not provide rechargeable lamps;

- Telephone;

- Self-rescuers (the maximum number of employees in the change) is not less than 15 pc.;

- Fire extinguishers in an amount not less than 5 pcs.;

- Medical stretcher 2 pcs.;

- Compartment with a capacity of 0.2 m clay ;

- Bench (by sheltering people);

- First aid kit with medicines.

 

 

 

8. DRAFT fire protection facilities

Fire protection project construction of the underground facility is part of the construction project (PIC) developed and design organizations.

 

8.1. Fire protection project construction of the underground facility shall contain the following sections:

- Brief description of the construction project;

- Fire protection facilities located within the construction site;

- Fire protection headgears, overpasses, trunks, portals;

- Underground fire water.

 

8.2. The content of sections of the project fire protection.

 

8.2.1. Brief description of the facility construction.

In the section “Brief description of the construction project” shall be given the following information:

- Name of the facility underground construction;

- Location of the facility;

- Discharge limits and dimensions (land and mining) under construction;

- Characteristic of underground construction;

- The location of the mouths of the workings within the retraction;

- The presence of natural and artificial water bodies within the building site;

- Ways and methods of construction of an underground facility;

- Ventilation system of mine workings and characteristics of fans;

- Characteristics of mine water.

 

8.2.2. Fire protection facilities on site.

This section should be given information about the actual condition and design decisions:

- For fire protection facilities located at the construction site;

- On water mains, reservoirs, tanks, designed to fire;

- Of pumping stations (number, type of fire pumps, performance, pressure, electricity, etc.) used for fire water supply;

- Independent sources of fire water underground workings, fire reservoirs on the surface, the fire water;

- On the surface fire water supply (water pipe diameter, placing it on the hydraulic fittings – hydrants, fire hydrants, valves);

- Of special devices and sequence of their use for the water supply to the drainage, the air guide thoroughfares of the fire in the mine workings;

- On the location of the warehouse and completeness of fire fighting equipment and materials.

 

8.2.3. Fire sewn headgears, racks, shafts, portals.

In this section, shall be given the necessary calculations on fire water protection headgears (installation locations and the number of sprinklers, valves, fire hydrants).

Data on special measures for protection mouths vertical shafts (fire water curtains, fire Lyady) of fire protection far away from the construction site of vertical openings (fire pumps, tanks with a reserve of water for fire fighting, water curtains, fire water supply), the use and inclusion in order suhotruboprovodnyh networks work on tracks, scat, portals and other areas near the mouths of the workings, the mine feed clean air.

 

8.2.4. Fire protection of underground workings.

In “Fire protection of underground workings” should be developed following questions:

- The alignment of the primary means of fire (type, number and location);

- Fire protection of underground chambers: the central power substation, main drainage, storage VM, etc.;

- The place of installation of fire doors, portable, stationary, mobile and automatic fire-fighting equipment;

- Location of emergency stocks of materials, tools, equipment, and other fire protection;

- The place of installation of fire shields, fire hoses and other remedies.

By this section must also be accompanied by the necessary calculations and graphics.

 

8.2.5. Underground fire water.

This section should be developed following questions:

- Equipment shafts pipelines used to supply water to the fire (diameter pipeline, the installation location of stop, distribution and control water pressure valves, quantity and characteristics);

- Installation of switching devices for supplying water from the drainage line composition in fire-technological plumbing and water supply pipeline for compressed air and other types of pipelines adapted to the needs of the fire;

- Fire-wiring process piping in mine workings showing the locations of placement of fire hydrants, valves and pumping stations, fire characteristics of the process pipe (diameter, water consumption and pressure in the most remote points of water consumption);

- Placement of stationary devices for fire extinguishing and fire creating water curtain.

In this section, shall be given graphic documentation (layout fire process piping, drainage and other pipelines in mines, pumping stations, switching nodes), calculate water supply schemes of individual sections of the workings of the object (depending on need).

 

8.3. Mandatory graphic documentation.

 

8.3.1. To characterize the actual situation of the project fire protection facility underground construction should contain the following basic graphical documentation:

- Site plan with the application circuit water system, used in order to fire, and placements indicating fire reservoirs, pumping stations, warehouses, fire materials and driveways;

- Fire protection scheme mouths trunks headgears, trestles and other surface structures;

- Circuit devices pump fire station and fire pond;

- Plan of underground workings (the approach roadway, distillation, station tunnels), pit bottom, indicating placement of fire equipment and fire-circuit application process line designation actual and projected values ​​of flow and pressure of water at the end points, stop and control hydraulic devices, fire doors, hand placements, stationary and mobile fire extinguishers and their number.

 

8.3.2. If the construction project is a complex network of underground workings, be the display of the individual elements of fire protection in part to the copy on the circuit or in the form of special circuits (drainage scheme, the scheme of the air pipe, etc.).

 

8.3.3. When drafting fire protection should be used signs given in the legend of Annex 1 (PLA) of this Regulation.

 

ANNEX 8

 

INSTRUCTION

ON TESTING OF MINE parachutes lifting equipment

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. The test must be conducted with parachutes each installation of new parachutes, after repair and operation at least once every six months.

 

2. Parachute device must be replaced together with the cage, and parachutes with grippers for brake cables – not less than 5 years. Allowed to use parachute devices only prefabricated prohibited to make them interchangeable parts that do not meet the design requirements and specifications.

 

3. For maintenance and repair should be guided by: instructions for operation and maintenance of parachute device description principle and adjustment method, type, size and method of attachment of conductors, conductors wear tolerance and individual parts of parachutes.

At the kinematic scheme of the parachute device to be controlled shows the main dimensions of the elements of the transmission mechanism in the transport position and the braking torque, including the length of the spring in a free condition of the parachute, and the transport position at the moment of capture catcher wire (rope brake).

 

4. Parachute test devices of all types (PTC, PCL, DP, etc.) are allowed to carry out over the mouth of the trunk or in the pit bottom. For testing over the mouth of the barrel at the zero of the area shall be blocked solid flooring, designed for dynamic load of free fall from the height of the laden stand 1.5 m when tested in the pit bottom must be provided to safeguard workers from possible falling objects from above.

 

5. Before the test, the parachute installation (catcher, dampers, couplings, force limiters), hangers, brake cables and conductors must be inspected.

Inspection catcher parachute installation must be carried out in the process of dismantling and cleaning after installation stand on stem overlap, they must also be assessed the degree of wear and integrity of the individual components and structural elements. Information must be cleaned of dirt, grease and old, if necessary, replaced with new ones.

 

6. After assembly and adjustment of the safety gear must be made at least three trial hoisting rope tension before the start of the lift cage overlapping trunk with consequent reduction of tension. At the same time, depending on the design catchers should be checked:

a) the possibility of free movement of all parts of the mechanism, including the stem, levers, wedges and traverse (mortise seizures);

b) stroke catcher for filling rope (not to exceed 3/4 of its maximum length);

c) clearance between the upper plate and the base plate of the drive spring in the transport position (should be 10 mm);

d) the gap between the brake lining and wall surfaces of the wedge and the catcher inoperative (transport) position (should be 5-8 mm);

d) the axis of the guide sleeve should coincide with the axis of the brake cable. Wear on the side of the sleeves should not exceed 3 mm and 5 mm, the catcher in the bottom of the cage;

e) the gap between the grips catcher mortise construction and conductor in the transport position, the gaps between the rails and legs stand conductors.

 

7. When testing requirements should be considered parachutes factory instructions. Parachutes lifting equipment with a pulley friction and lifting equipment with the lower balancing rope shall be tested after being detached from the cage lifting and lower the counterweight ropes. In these cases, the crate should be further placed a load equal to the weight of the equilibration Detached bottom rope.

TEST parachute catcher

Mortise DESIGN

8. Tests are carried out in two stages: preliminary and final. For preliminary tests laden maximum load crate floor decking is installed on the mine shaft, the hoisting rope was admitted to full-expanding drive spring parachute central rod (or chain) associated with the drive spring and shell, disconnected. Crate remains connected to the hoisting rope through the safety chain.

Crate when liberated parachute device rises above the bottom winding machine for the first time to a height of not more than 300 mm, and the second time – to a height of not more than 600 mm and after each lift is lowered slowly to a halt, and the lapping of the rope.

If such a test at each cage stops as a result of catchers in the area of ​​not more than 200 mm, you can proceed to the ultimate test.

 

9. For the final test cage laden maximum load, floor decking is installed on the mine shaft, safety chains detach from the shell and between the shell and the pivot rod (or chain) is set to disconnect the device from the mill shell.

Thereafter cage winding machine rises above the bottom to a height of 1 m, and stops by pushing the lever device is disconnected from the rope and falls freely. Such a test is carried out twice. Parachutes deemed satisfactory if the path of falling stand at each of the tests does not exceed 400 mm.

 

 

TEST Parachute with wedge clamps

 

10. Tests are carried out in two stages: preliminary and final. At the first stage of the test shall be carried out without removing the hoisting rope from the trailer hitch stand. Crate rises above the bottom of the barrel on the overlap height of 0.6 m and is suspended on a wireline through rassoedinitelnoe link to the beam, temporarily installed and fastened to the copra specifically for testing purposes. Auxiliary line rectangles attached to the sling stand, while it shall remain possible free thimble lowering the hitch and move the lever-spring system catcher.

By admitting the hoisting rope up to 1 m must be actuated mechanism and the catcher made a mark on the conductors at points of contact with them wedges.

Upon release mechanism catcher remotely using rassoedinitelnogo link, cage detaches from wireline. Slippage catcher over conductors shall not exceed 300 mm. The test is performed at least twice.

 

11. With the positive results of preliminary tests Deadeye disconnected from the suspension unit and connects directly to the cage using rassoedinitelnogo hook and bars, cage rises to a height of 1.5 m above the bottom of the barrel ceilings, long arm rassoedinitelnogo hook tied to copra.

When lowering the cage is detached from the hoisting rope and verified the effectiveness of the mechanism catchers, fixed value portion slip them on leads, which should not exceed 300 mm. The test is repeated twice.

 

 

REGISTRATION TEST RESULTS

12. The test results are drawn parachute devices act which should be the committee on the results of the tests.

 

13. When conducting a monthly check the status of parachute and trailer units shall be tested is mounted on all threaded connections, the integrity of the spring catcher, reliability and availability of its mounting gap between the housing and the spring. In addition, at least once a day should be verified the possibility of free movement of all parts of the mechanism for filling rope catcher. Test results are recorded in the “Book of the inspection of the elevator installation.”

ANNEX 9

ACP-ADMISSION

 

for the production of joint work

on construction ____________________________________________________________

 

____________________________________________________________________________

(Name of the object, structure)

 

“” ___________________ ’19

We, the undersigned authorized representatives:

 

General contractor ______________________________________________________________

(Name, title, company name)

and subcontractor ____________________________________________________________

(F. and. About., Title, name of organization)

made this act as follows:

 

1. Work performance project (project name, № drawings), approved by the chief

 

engineer _________________________________________________________________

(Name of organization)

ie _________________________________________________________________________

(Full name)

 

“” ________________ ’19 Assume (consistent, inconsistent).

 

2. General contractor leases and subcontractor receives plot (object) coordinates limited

____________________________________________________________________________

(Name

____________________________________________________________________________

pickets, marks, axes, № drawings)

 

to produce it ______________________________________________________

(Name of work)

 

for construction in the next _______________________________

(Name of the object, structure)

 

terms: a “” ______________; ending “” _______________

 

Manual labor is exercised by representatives ________________________________

(Name

____________________________________________________________________________

organization)

Subcontractor accepts responsibility for: compliance in the specified bounds of order, cleanliness, safe working conditions, safety equipment, etc.

 

3. Before starting work, both sides must perform the following actions to ensure the safety of the work ______________________________________

 

 

 

4. The procedure for using electricity subcontractor (specify the place of connection of current collectors, families of those persons. Personnel general contractor and subcontractor obliged to clarify the procedure and to provide supervision over the observance of PTE and TB)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

5. The procedure for using subcontractor transport:

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

6. Same lifting machines (machinery):

 

6.1. Responsible for supervision of lifting machines: _________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

(Name, title, organization)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

6.2. Responsible for the content of hoisting machines in good condition ________________________________________________________________________________

(Name, title, organization)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

6.3. Responsible for the safe operation of materials handling cranes ________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

(Name, title, organization)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

7. Delineation of responsibility for the safety, fire safety, and to provide compressed air, water, ventilation, sanitary and household devices, etc. _____________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

7.1. General contractor is obliged to start work: ______________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

7.2. Subcontractor agrees to start work: ______________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

8. Or other special conditions: _____________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

9. Of all the problems you are facing, mutual problem, and accidents immediately to notify the next higher ranking officers and general contractor ________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

10. Additions and changes according to the protocol from “” _______________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

Authorized representative

general contractor

 

Authorized representative

subcontractor

 

“” _____________ ’19

 

Notes.

 

1. If necessary, carry out work after expiration of this act, it is necessary to make the act of admission, admission to the new term.

 

2. More, not accounted for when signing this act, event or changes by mutual consent in the protocol and are included in paragraph 10 of this act.

 

3. This certificate-tolerance is mandatory for all employees of organizations involved in co-production work on __________________________________________________

(Name

________________________________________________________________________________

object)

and valid for the entire period of its construction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX 10

BOOK KEEPING WORK AND INSPECTION RESULTS

 MAIN FAN INSTALLATION